WO2025158525A1 - Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station - Google Patents
Terminal, wireless communication method, and base stationInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025158525A1 WO2025158525A1 PCT/JP2024/001826 JP2024001826W WO2025158525A1 WO 2025158525 A1 WO2025158525 A1 WO 2025158525A1 JP 2024001826 W JP2024001826 W JP 2024001826W WO 2025158525 A1 WO2025158525 A1 WO 2025158525A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cell
- trs
- information
- trp
- configuration
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to terminals, wireless communication methods, and base stations in next-generation mobile communication systems.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
- 3GPP Rel. 10-14 LTE-Advanced (3GPP Rel. 10-14) was specified with the aim of achieving even greater capacity and sophistication over LTE (Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP (registered trademark)) Release (Rel.) 8 and 9).
- LTE 5th generation mobile communication system
- 5G+ 5th generation mobile communication system
- 6G 6th generation mobile communication system
- NR New Radio
- one of the objectives of this disclosure is to provide a terminal, a wireless communication method, and a base station that can properly process signals for reception.
- a terminal has a control unit that performs Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side, and a transceiver unit that transmits and receives signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
- AI artificial intelligence
- signal transmission and reception processing can be performed appropriately.
- 1A and 1B are diagrams showing an overview of MIMO.
- 2A and 2B are diagrams showing an overview of a cellular system and a cell-free system, respectively.
- 3A to 3C are diagrams showing examples of outlines of various assumptions regarding the cell-free configuration.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a pattern of one PCI component.
- 5A to 5E are diagrams showing an example of the configuration of the first cell.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of a pattern of the elements (area components) of one area.
- 7A and 7B are diagrams showing examples of the configuration of the first and second cells according to Option 1.1 and Option 1.2, respectively.
- 8A and 8B are diagrams illustrating an example of the configuration of the first and second cells according to Option 2/4.1 and Option 2/4.2, respectively.
- 9A and 9B are diagrams illustrating an example of the configuration of the first and second cells according to options 3 and 5.1 and 3 and 5.2, respectively.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a change in the configuration of the second cell.
- 11A to 11C are diagrams showing an example of the configuration of the second cell according to option 0.3.
- 12A and 12B are diagrams illustrating an example of communication between a mobile unit and a transmission point (e.g., a remote radio head).
- 13A-13C are diagrams showing examples of schemes 0 to 2 for SFN.
- 14A-14B are diagrams showing an example of Scheme 1.
- FIGS 15A to 15C are diagrams showing an example of a NW pre-compensation scheme.
- FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example of a framework for managing AI models.
- 17A and 17B are diagrams illustrating an example of a CRS arrangement in an LTE system and a TRS arrangement in an NR system, respectively.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of the arrangement of TRSs according to the first to third embodiments.
- FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of Doppler estimation according to the second embodiment.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a base station according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating an example of the hardware configuration of a base station and a user terminal according to an embodiment.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating an example of a vehicle according to an embodiment.
- Existing wireless communication systems e.g., 5G NR have adopted a cellular system in which one cell is formed by one antenna/transmitting/receiving point (TRP), and the area formed by the cell is fixed/static.
- TRP antenna/transmitting/receiving point
- distributed MIMO distributed multi-input multi-output
- TRP distributed multi-input multi-output
- Distributed MIMO allows simultaneous communication using multiple antennas/TRPs, as well as communication using a single antenna/TRP.
- Figures 1A and 1B are diagrams showing an overview of MIMO.
- Figure 1A shows an example of co-located MIMO.
- co-located MIMO one UE communicates with one antenna/TRP.
- Figure 1B shows an example of distributed MIMO.
- distributed MIMO one UE communicates with multiple associated antennas/TRPs.
- Self-Free may also be referred to as cell-free massive MIMO (mMIMO) or large-scale distributed MIMO (D-MIMO).
- mMIMO massive MIMO
- D-MIMO large-scale distributed MIMO
- Self-Free uses coherent cooperation of multiple access points.
- Self-Free may include at least one of ultra-dense deployment, scalable cooperation, user-centric clustering, super-carrier aggregation, and analog fronthaul.
- the user plane for cell-free may provide more flexible scheduling than existing scheduling.
- the control plane for cell-free may maintain some form of cell to facilitate signaling.
- multiple antennas/TRPs may form a single area (which may also be called a cell/sub-cell, etc.).
- the area may refer to a cell that is independent of the position of the antenna/TRP.
- the set of antennas/TRPs used to form an area may be changed according to UE demand.
- the set of antennas/TRPs may be changed based on factors other than the coverage area of the antennas/TRPs, such as the number of UEs, traffic volume, and communication use (e.g., initial access, data communication, measurement, reporting, etc.).
- coverage between multiple antennas/TRPs may overlap.
- a synchronization signal (which may also be called, for example, a synchronization signal block (SSB), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel (SS/PBCH) block, etc.) may be controlled.
- SSB synchronization signal block
- SS/PBCH synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel
- the central unit (CU)/distributed unit (DU) may be virtualized for each antenna.
- each antenna may be managed by the CU alone.
- Figure 2A is a diagram showing an overview of a cellular system.
- Figure 2A shows the cells formed by each antenna/TRP, and UEs communicate based on these cells.
- Figure 2B is a diagram showing an overview of a cell-free system.
- the installed antennas/TRPs do not form fixed/static cells as in a cellular system.
- one or more antennas/TRPs form areas according to conditions. Therefore, in a cell-free system, each antenna/TRP does not have to correspond to the same physical cell ID, and the areas between multiple antennas/TRPs may overlap.
- Selfie may be achieved, for example, by adjusting a set of antennas/TRPs controlled by a central control unit (e.g., CU).
- a central control unit e.g., CU
- a first cell (which may be called, for example, a cell/supercell/macrocell/large cell, etc.) with a fixed physical range like a cell in a 5G NR system
- a second cell (which may be called, for example, a subcell/area/microcell/cell/small cell/second cell within the first cell, etc.) with a quasi-static or dynamic physical range that varies based on conditions may be formed.
- a first cell may be called a super cell to distinguish it from a second cell. If the super cell is composed of multiple second cells, the second cells may have the same definition/operation/coverage as existing cells in NR. For example, a second cell may be called a sub cell to distinguish it from a first cell. If a super cell or cell is composed of multiple sub cells, the sub cells may have the same definition/operation/coverage as existing cells in NR.
- the first cell may be a cell that is newly defined in a future wireless communication system, or the definition of a cell in an existing wireless communication system may be reused.
- the configurations of the first cell and the second cell are considered as follows: Assumption 1: The first cell is composed of multiple TRPs with one cell ID (physical cell ID (PCI)). The multiple TRPs can transmit and receive in cooperation with each other. Assumption 2: The first cell consists of multiple TRPs (or sub-cells) with different cell IDs. The multiple TRPs/sub-cells can transmit and receive in a coordinated manner.
- Assumption 1 The first cell is composed of multiple TRPs with one cell ID (physical cell ID (PCI)).
- PCI physical cell ID
- the multiple TRPs can transmit and receive in cooperation with each other.
- Assumption 2 The first cell consists of multiple TRPs (or sub-cells) with different cell IDs.
- the multiple TRPs/sub-cells can transmit and receive in a coordinated manner.
- FIG. 3A is a diagram showing an example of an overview of cell-free configuration assumption 1.
- each TRP included in the first cell has the same PCI (PCI #0).
- Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
- FIG. 3B is a diagram showing an example of an overview of cell-free configuration scenario 2.
- each TRP included in the first cell has a different PCI (PCI #0 to #9).
- Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
- Figure 3C is a diagram showing another example of the outline of cell-free configuration assumption 2.
- a PCI is assigned to each TRP included in the first cell (supercell/cell).
- the same PCI may correspond to multiple TRPs. Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
- Transmission/reception with TRP/subcell coordination may be based on at least one of the following schemes supported in NR: - Single TRP/subcell transmission with dynamic TRP/subcell switching (single-TRP transmission). Joint transmission using multiple TRPs/subcells (multi-TRP joint transmission), which may be based on a single DCI or multiple DCIs, and may be non-coherent joint transmission (NCJT) or coherent joint transmission (CJT).
- NCI non-coherent joint transmission
- CJT coherent joint transmission
- CJT may be prioritized over NCJT, and single DCI-based joint transmission may be prioritized over multi-DCI-based joint transmission.
- terms such as a cell with a fixed physical range, an unchanging cell, a first cell, a super cell, a cell, a macro cell, and a large cell may be used interchangeably.
- terms such as a cell whose physical range changes quasi-statically/dynamically based on conditions, a changing cell, a second cell, a cell, an area, a microcell, a small cell, a second cell within a first cell, etc. may be interpreted interchangeably.
- a first cell may contain one or more second cells.
- a single second cell may be included in multiple first cells. Different first cells may share a single second cell.
- Different first cells may or may not overlap.
- the UE may transmit and receive signals using a second cell included in the first cell.
- the UE may receive a configuration related to the second cell and transmit and receive signals based on the configuration.
- a Physical Cell ID (PCI) Component may include at least one of the following: - Number of TRPs per PCI. -TRP coverage layout. Number of synchronization signals (e.g., SSB, SS/PBCH blocks) per TRP.
- PCI Physical Cell ID
- the configuration of the first cell may be associated with a PCI component.
- the first cell may be configured based on the PCI component.
- FIG. 4 shows an example of a pattern for the components of one PCI (PCI component).
- a PCI component consists of the number of TRPs per PCI, the TRP coverage layout, and the number of SSBs per TRP.
- the number of TRPs per PCI can take one or multiple values
- the TRP coverage layout can be either non-overlapping or overlapping in TRP coverage
- the number of SSBs per TRP can take one or multiple values.
- the pattern related to the PCI component may be any of patterns 1 to 5 shown in Figure 4.
- the pattern numbers shown in Figure 4 are all examples and are not limited to these examples.
- the PCI component may include elements other than those shown in Figure 4.
- Figure 5A is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 1.
- the number of TRPs included in the PCI/cell is one, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and the number of SSBs per TRP is multiple. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5A, the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5A).
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 1 as shown in Figure 5A.
- Figure 5B is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 2.
- the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and there is one SSB per TRP. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5B, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5B).
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 2 as shown in Figure 5B.
- Figure 5C is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 3.
- the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and each TRP has multiple SSBs.
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 3 as shown in Figure 5C.
- Figure 5D is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to pattern 4.
- the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage overlaps, and there is one SSB per TRP. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5D, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5D).
- inter-cell/intra-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 3 as shown in Figure 5D.
- Figure 5E is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 5.
- the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage overlaps, and there are multiple SSBs per TRP.
- inter-cell/intra-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 5 as shown in Figure 5E.
- the components of one second cell may include at least one of the following: Number of CU/DU per second cell. PCI number per second cell. - Number of TRPs per second cell. Number of synchronization signals (e.g. SSB, SS/PBCH blocks) per second cell.
- Number of synchronization signals e.g. SSB, SS/PBCH blocks
- the configuration of the second cell may be associated with the components of the second cell.
- the second cell may be configured based on the components of the second cell.
- Figure 6 shows an example of a pattern of the elements (area components) of one area.
- the area components are composed of the number of CU/DUs per area, the number of PCIs per area, the number of TRPs per area, and the number of synchronization signals per area.
- the number of CU/DUs per second cell, the number of PCIs per second cell, the number of TRPs per second cell, and the number of synchronization signals per second cell can each take one or more values.
- the pattern associated with the area component may be any of patterns A to E shown in FIG. 6.
- the pattern symbols shown in FIG. 6 are all examples and are not limited to these examples.
- the area component may include elements other than those shown in FIG. 6.
- the second cells relating to the above patterns A, D, and E may be configurable in any first cell (cell configuration).
- configurations related to the first cell/second cell will be described for cases where different cells overlap and cases where they do not. At least one of the configurations related to the first cell/second cell described below may be defined/set.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, B, D, and E above.
- Figure 7A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 1.1. In the example shown in Figure 7A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
- the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
- the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the coverage of the TRP is not shown in Figure 7A).
- This optional configuration allows for more optimal network energy saving (NES).
- the different first cells may (physically) overlap.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, B, D, and E above.
- Figure 7B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to option 1.2. In the example shown in Figure 7B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
- the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
- the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the coverage of the TRP is not shown in Figure 7B).
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
- This optional configuration can, for example, increase the coverage within overlapping cells, thereby improving the uniformity of communication quality.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, C, D, and E above.
- Figure 8A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 2/4.1. In the example shown in Figure 8A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
- the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
- the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 8A).
- the different first cells may (physically) overlap.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, C, D, and E above.
- Figure 8B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 2/4.2. In the example shown in Figure 8B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
- the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 8B).
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
- This optional configuration can, for example, increase the coverage within overlapping cells, thereby improving the uniformity of communication quality.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of the above patterns A, B, C, D, and E.
- Figure 9A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 3/5.1. In the example shown in Figure 9A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
- the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
- the second cell according to pattern B shown in Figure 9A is an example that is included only in the coverage of antenna/TRP#0.
- the second cell according to pattern C shown in Figure 11A is an example that corresponds to the overlapping area between the coverage of antenna/TRP#1 and the coverage of antenna/TRP#2.
- single TRP operation may be possible in each second cell.
- intra-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in a second cell where the coverage of multiple TRPs overlaps. This configuration can improve frequency utilization efficiency.
- the different first cells may (physically) overlap.
- a second cell may be configured according to at least one of the above patterns A, B, C, D, and E.
- Figure 9B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to option 3/5.2. In the example shown in Figure 9B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
- the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
- the second cell according to pattern B shown in Figure 9B is an example that is included only in the coverage of antenna/TRP#0. Also, the second cell according to pattern C shown in Figure 9B is an example that corresponds to the overlapping area between the coverage of antenna/TRP#1 and the coverage of antenna/TRP#2.
- inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
- intra-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible. By configuring in this way, it is possible to improve frequency utilization efficiency.
- the configuration of this option can improve the uniformity of communication quality and frequency utilization efficiency compared to the above-mentioned options 1.2, and can reduce station placement costs compared to the above-mentioned options 2/4.2.
- the second cell may be configured/reconfigured based on a specific condition/trigger, and an example of the definition of the second cell is described in detail below.
- the configuration of the second cell may be changed/updated based on specific conditions/triggers.
- the specific condition/trigger may be, for example, at least one of a condition/trigger related to UE distribution, a condition/trigger related to traffic, a condition/trigger related to a specific event, and a condition/trigger based on specific information (for example, at least one of information related to time, location information related to UE/TRP, and information related to the season).
- the conditions/triggers related to the distribution of UEs may be conditions/triggers based on the distribution/number of UEs in the first cell/second cell.
- the traffic-related conditions/triggers may be conditions/triggers based on at least one of the traffic volume/communication volume within the first cell/second cell, the traffic volume/communication volume for TRP, and the traffic volume/communication volume for SSB.
- specific events related to the conditions/triggers for a specific event may be predefined in the specifications, or may depend on the network implementation.
- condition/trigger based on specific information may be a condition/trigger based on at least one of information related to time, information related to a specific timer, location information related to the UE/TRP, and information related to the time of year (e.g., date, time, day of the week, weather, etc.).
- the second cell may be configured based on the specific condition/trigger, or statically, regardless of the specific condition.
- the second cell may be configured dynamically or semi-statically based on the specific conditions or triggers. By configuring it in this way, it is possible to reduce power consumption in the network and provide communication quality that meets the needs of the UE.
- Restrictions on changing/updating the second cell may be specified.
- the network may decide not to change/update the second cell in certain cases.
- Figure 10 is a diagram showing an example of a change in the configuration of a second cell.
- the example shown in Figure 10 shows a case in which the range of the second cell (area) changes depending on the distribution of UEs and changes in time (from time #1 to time #2).
- At least one of options 0.1 and 0.2 below may be appropriately and consistently combined with the above description of the second cell.
- the second cell may be constituted by one cell (first cell)/PCI.
- the second cell may be identified by a PCI (similar to the existing NR).
- the second cell may be configured with a PCI similar to the existing NR.
- the PCI may be defined, for example, in the same way as the PCI defined in the existing NR.
- This option may address scenario 1 above.
- a second cell may be configured with one TRP for one cell, in other words, one second cell may correspond to one TRP.
- the second cell may be configured with one synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) for one cell.
- one second cell may correspond to one synchronization signal.
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern A in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
- the second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) for one cell.
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal for one cell).
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2 above.
- the second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals for one cell (e.g., all synchronization signals for one cell).
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (all synchronization signals for one cell).
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above.
- a second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs for one cell (e.g., a portion of a TRP for one cell).
- one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs (a portion of a TRP for one cell).
- the second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) for one cell.
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal for one cell).
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
- a second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs for one cell (e.g., all TRPs for one cell). In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs (all TRPs for one cell).
- the second cell may be configured with one synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) for one cell.
- one second cell may correspond to one synchronization signal.
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern A in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above.
- the second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) intended for one cell.
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal intended for one cell).
- Such a configuration applies, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above, and to the second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 3/5.1 and 3/5.2 above.
- a second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals for one cell (e.g., all synchronization signals for one cell).
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (all synchronization signals for one cell).
- Such a configuration applies, for example, to a second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above, and to a second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2 above.
- the second cell may be composed of multiple cells (first cells)/PCIs.
- the PCI may be defined, for example, in the same way as the PCI defined in the existing NR.
- This option may address scenario 2 above.
- the second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs, in other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs.
- the TRP may be defined, for example, in the same way as the TRP defined in an existing NR.
- the second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals.
- one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals.
- Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell of Pattern D/E in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
- Each of the above options may be selected/determined based on the above-mentioned conditions/triggers (e.g., conditions/triggers based on time, number of UEs, traffic, etc.).
- Changes/updates to each of the above options may be set/instructed/notified to the UE based on at least one of system information (e.g., SIB/MIB), higher layer signaling (RRC parameters/MAC CE), and DCI.
- system information e.g., SIB/MIB
- RRC parameters/MAC CE higher layer signaling
- DCI DCI
- the above options may be changed/updated based on the above conditions/triggers (e.g., timers/events) or based on the implementation of the NW/UE.
- the second cell may be identified by a specific ID.
- the specific ID may have a fixed value.
- the specific ID may be a virtual ID.
- the specific ID is an ID that can be changed dynamically, and the configuration/scope/position of the second cell may be changed dynamically in conjunction with the change in the ID.
- Common/dedicated settings/parameters for multiple second cells may be notified to the UE. These settings/parameters may be notified, for example, using higher layer (RRC) parameters.
- RRC higher layer
- These settings/parameters may be, for example, settings/parameters related to PCI/TRP/SSB.
- the second cell may be used for a particular purpose/property.
- the second cell may be defined/configured/identified with a particular purpose/property.
- the specific purpose may be, for example, at least one of the following: control plane, user plane, paging, measurement, reporting, measurement reporting, beam instruction/activation, transmission/reception of specific channels/signals (e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS/PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS), initial access, on-demand signals, and handover trigger signals.
- control plane user plane
- paging measurement, reporting, measurement reporting, beam instruction/activation
- transmission/reception of specific channels/signals e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS/PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS
- initial access e.g., initial access, on-demand signals, and handover trigger signals.
- the specific characteristic may be, for example, at least one of Doppler shift, Doppler spread, mean delay, mean spread, band/component carrier, subcarrier spacing, TCI state, spatial relationship, QCL type, timing advance value, downlink transmission timing, and RNTI.
- the number (e.g., maximum number) of PCI/TRP/SSB in one second cell may be predefined in a specification, may be configured/instructed/notified to the UE using higher layer signaling (RRC/MAC CE)/DCI, may be determined based on a report of UE capability information, or may be determined by a combination of at least two of these.
- RRC/MAC CE higher layer signaling
- the second cells may be arranged contiguously (physically/spatially). Alternatively, the second cells may be arranged discontinuously (physically/spatially) from one another.
- a synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) may be shared among multiple second cells, and the UE may assume that it can receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different multiple second cells.
- the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell.
- the TRP/PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
- At least one of the following may be used between multiple second cells: an ID for the same synchronization signal (e.g., SSB ID/SSB index/candidate SSB index), an ID for the same TRP (e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying a TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index), and the same PCI.
- an ID for the same synchronization signal e.g., SSB ID/SSB index/candidate SSB index
- an ID for the same TRP e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying a TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index
- PCI PCI
- Figure 11A is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.1.
- Figure 11A shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3.
- Area#1 and Area#2 are formed within the coverage of TRP#0.
- Area#1 and Area#2 overlap in the overlapping area, and have the same SSB coverage.
- Area#1 and Area#2 can share the same SSB/TRP/PCI.
- Allowing configurations like option 0.3.1 allows for the most flexible configuration of the second cell.
- the synchronization signal may not be shared among the second cells, and the UE may assume that it does not receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different second cells.
- the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell.
- the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal.
- the TRP/PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
- At least one of the following may be used between multiple second cells: an ID for the same TRP (e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying the TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index) and the same PCI.
- an ID for the same TRP e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying the TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index
- Figure 11B is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.2.
- Figure 11B shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3.
- Area#1 and Area#2 are formed within the coverage of TRP#1. Because Area#1 and Area#2 do not overlap with each other, Area#1 and Area#2 have different SSB coverage. Therefore, areas included in Area#1 or Area#2 do not share the same SSB, but can share the same TRP/PCI.
- the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of synchronization signals (SSB/SSB coverage). Also, if the second cell spans multiple SSB coverage areas, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of spanning SSBs (SSB groups).
- the synchronization signal and the TRP may not be shared among the second cells.
- the UE may assume that it does not transmit and receive signals for the same TRP and does not receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different second cells.
- the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell.
- the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal.
- the second cell may be identified using an ID related to the TRP (an ID for identifying the TRP).
- PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
- the same PCI may be used between multiple second cells.
- Figure 11C is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.3.
- Figure 11C shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3.
- Area#1 is formed within the coverage of TRP#2
- Area#2 is formed within the coverage of TRP#3. Because Area#1 and Area#2 do not overlap with each other, Area#1 and Area#2 have different SSB coverage. Therefore, areas included in Area#1 or Area#2 do not share the same SSB, do not share the same TRP, and can share the same PCI.
- the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of TRPs. Also, if a second cell spans multiple TRPs, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of spanned TRPs (TRP groups).
- the synchronization signal, TRP, and PCI may not be shared among the second cells. It may be assumed that the UE does not transmit/receive signals to/from the same cell (first cell/PCI), the same TRP, or receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal among different second cells.
- the information included in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell.
- the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal.
- the second cell may be identified using an ID related to the TRP (an ID for identifying the TRP).
- the second cell may be identified using a PCI.
- the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be one. Also, if a second cell spans multiple first cells, the total maximum number of second cells may be the number of spanned first cells/PCIs (PCI groups).
- Each of the above options may be selected/determined based on the above-mentioned conditions/triggers (e.g., conditions/triggers based on time, number of UEs, traffic, etc.).
- Changes/updates to each of the above options may be set/instructed/notified to the UE based on at least one of system information (e.g., SIB/MIB), higher layer signaling (RRC parameters/MAC CE), and DCI.
- system information e.g., SIB/MIB
- RRC parameters/MAC CE higher layer signaling
- DCI DCI
- the above options may be changed/updated based on the above conditions/triggers (e.g., timers/events) or based on the implementation of the NW/UE.
- the ID for each of the above options may be a global ID (e.g., common to all networks) or a local ID (e.g., unique to a portion of the network).
- the number (e.g., maximum number) of multiple second cells using at least one of the same synchronization signal ID, the same TRP ID, and the same PCI may be predefined in the specifications, may be configured/instructed/notified to the UE using higher layer signaling (RRC/MAC CE)/DCI, may be determined based on reports of UE capability information, or may be determined by a combination of at least two of these.
- RRC/MAC CE higher layer signaling
- HST high-speed train
- a large antenna transmits both inside and outside the tunnel.
- the transmit power of a large antenna is about 1 to 5 W.
- the transmission power of a small antenna is about 250 mW.
- Multiple small antennas (transmitting and receiving points) with the same cell ID and a distance of 300 m form a single frequency network (SFN). All small antennas within the SFN transmit the same signal at the same time on the same PRB. It is assumed that a UE transmits and receives signals to a single base station. In reality, multiple transmitting and receiving points transmit the same DL signal. When moving at high speeds, transmitting and receiving points of several kilometers apart form a single cell. Handover occurs when crossing cells. This reduces the frequency of handovers.
- a transmission point e.g., RRH
- HTTs moving objects
- Existing systems e.g., Rel. 15
- a unidirectional beam from an RRH to communicate with moving objects (see Figure 12A).
- FIG. 12A shows a case where RRHs are installed along the movement path (or movement direction, traveling direction, or travel path) of a moving object, and a beam is formed from each RRH in the traveling direction of the moving object.
- An RRH that forms a beam in one direction may be called a uni-directional RRH.
- the moving object receives a negative Doppler shift ( ⁇ f D ) from each RRH.
- a beam is formed in the direction of travel of a moving object
- multiple beams e.g., two or more
- beams will be formed in both the direction of travel of the moving object and the opposite direction (see Figure 12B).
- Figure 12B shows a case where RRHs are installed along the movement path of a moving object, and beams are formed from each RRH in both the direction of movement of the moving object and the direction opposite to the direction of movement.
- An RRH that forms beams in multiple directions may also be called a bi-directional RRH.
- the UE communicates as if it were a single TRP. In base station implementations, it can transmit from multiple TRPs (same cell ID).
- the mobile station switches from a signal that has undergone a negative Doppler shift to a signal that has undergone a positive Doppler shift, which increases the power, midway between the two remote radio heads.
- the maximum Doppler shift change range that requires correction is from ⁇ fD to + fD , which is twice as large as that in the case of unidirectional remote radio heads.
- the tracking reference signal (TRS), DMRS, and PDSCH are transmitted in common (using the same time and frequency resources) to two TRPs (RRHs) (normal SFN, transparent SFN, HST-SFN).
- the UE receives DL channels/signals equivalent to a single TRP, so there is one TCI state for the PDSCH.
- Rel. 16 specifies RRC parameters for distinguishing between transmissions using a single TRP and transmissions using an SFN.
- a UE When a UE reports corresponding UE capability information, it may use the RRC parameters to distinguish between reception of a DL channel/signal using a single TRP and reception of a PDSCH that assumes an SFN.
- the UE may also transmit and receive using an SFN, assuming a single TRP.
- TRSs are transmitted TRP-specifically (using different time/frequency resources depending on the TRP).
- TRS1 is transmitted from TRP#1
- TRS2 is transmitted from TRP#2.
- the UE receives DL channels/signals from each TRP using the TRS from each TRP, so there are two TCI states for the PDSCH.
- SFN scheme 1 may also be referred to as SFN scheme A or scheme A.
- scheme A Doppler compensation may be performed in the UE.
- TRS and DMRS are transmitted TRP-specifically.
- TRS1 and DMRS1 are transmitted from TRP#1
- TRS2 and DMRS2 are transmitted from TRP#2.
- Schemes 1 and 2 can suppress sudden changes in Doppler shift and properly estimate/guarantee Doppler shift. Since the DMRS in Scheme 2 is increased more than the DMRS in Scheme 1, the maximum throughput of Scheme 2 is lower than that of Scheme 1.
- the UE switches between a single TRP and SFN based on higher layer signaling (RRC information elements/MAC CE).
- the UE may switch between Scheme 1, Scheme 2, and NW pre-compensation schemes based on higher layer signaling (RRC information elements/MAC CE).
- RRC information elements/MAC CE higher layer signaling
- the TRPs (TRPs #0, #2, ...) transmitting DL signals in the opposite direction to the HST transmit the first TRS (TRS arriving before the HST) in the same time and frequency resource (SFN).
- the first TRS and second TRS may be transmitted/received using different frequency resources.
- TRS1-1 to 1-4 are transmitted as the first TRS, and TRS2-1 to 2-4 are transmitted as the second TRS.
- the first TRS is transmitted using 64 beams and 64 time resources
- the second TRS is transmitted using 64 beams and 64 time resources.
- the beams of the first TRS and the second TRS are considered to be equal (QCL Type D RSs are equal).
- RRHs #0-#7 are arranged along the movement path of the HST.
- RRHs #0-#3 and RRHs #4-#7 are connected to baseband units (BBU) #0 and #1, respectively.
- BBU baseband units
- Each RRH is a bidirectional RRH, and forms beams in both the direction of movement of the movement path and the opposite direction using each transmission/reception point (TRP).
- Doppler shift correction also referred to as Doppler Compensation, Pre-Doppler Compensation, network (NW) pre-compensation scheme (NW pre-compensation scheme, HST NW pre-compensation scheme, or TRP-based pre-compensation scheme)
- NW pre-compensation scheme NW pre-compensation scheme, HST NW pre-compensation scheme, or TRP-based pre-compensation scheme
- the TRP can reduce the impact of Doppler shift when the UE receives the DL signals/channels.
- the NW pre-compensation scheme may be a combination of Scheme 1 and preliminary compensation of Doppler shift by the base station.
- the NW pre-compensation and TRP-based pre-compensation scheme may be referred to as SFN Scheme B, Scheme B, etc.
- Scheme B Doppler pre-compensation may be performed at the base station.
- TRPs that form beams in the direction of travel of the travel path and TRPs that form beams in the opposite direction of travel of the travel path perform Doppler compensation before transmitting DL signals/channels to UEs within the HST.
- TRP #2n-1 performs positive Doppler compensation
- TRP #2n performs negative Doppler compensation, thereby reducing the effect of Doppler shift when the UE receives the signal/channel ( Figure 15C).
- AI Artificial Intelligence
- ML machine learning
- CSI channel state information
- UE user equipment
- BS base stations
- CSI channel state information
- reducing overhead improving accuracy
- beam management e.g., improving accuracy, prediction in the time/space domain
- improving positioning e.g., improving position estimation/prediction
- the AI model may output at least one piece of information, such as an estimated value, a predicted value, a selected action, or a classification, based on the input information.
- the UE/BS may input channel state information, reference signal measurements, etc. to the AI model, and output highly accurate channel state information/measurements/beam selection/position, future channel state information/radio link quality, etc.
- AI may be interpreted as an object (also referred to as a subject, object, data, function, program, etc.) having (implementing) at least one of the following characteristics: - Estimation based on observed or collected information; - selections based on observed or collected information; - Predictions based on observed or collected information.
- estimation, prediction, and inference may be interpreted interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, estimate, predict, and infer may be interpreted interchangeably.
- an object may be, for example, an apparatus or device such as a UE or BS. Also, in this disclosure, an object may correspond to a program/model/entity that operates on the apparatus.
- an AI model may be interpreted as an object having (implementing) at least one of the following characteristics: - Producing estimates by feeding information, - Predicting estimates by providing information - Discover features by providing information, -Select an action by providing information.
- an AI model may refer to a data-driven algorithm that applies AI techniques to generate a set of outputs based on a set of inputs.
- AI model model, ML model, predictive analytics, predictive analysis model, tool, autoencoder, encoder, decoder, neural network model, AI algorithm, scheme, etc.
- AI model may be derived using at least one of regression analysis (e.g., linear regression analysis, multiple regression analysis, logistic regression analysis), support vector machine, random forest, neural network, deep learning, etc.
- methods for training AI models may include supervised learning, unsupervised learning, reinforcement learning, federated learning, etc.
- Supervised learning may refer to the process of training a model from inputs and corresponding labels.
- Unsupervised learning may refer to the process of training a model without labeled data.
- Reinforcement learning may refer to the process of training a model from inputs (i.e., states) and feedback signals (i.e., rewards) resulting from the model's outputs (i.e., actions) in the environment with which the model interacts.
- terms such as generate, calculate, and derive may be interchangeable.
- terms such as implement, operate, operate, and execute may be interchangeable.
- terms such as training, learning, updating, and retraining may be interchangeable.
- terms such as inference, after-training, live use, and actual use may be interchangeable.
- terms such as signal and signal/channel may be interchangeable.
- FIG 16 shows an example of a framework for managing AI models.
- each stage related to an AI model is shown as a block.
- This example is also referred to as AI model life cycle management (LCM).
- LCM AI model life cycle management
- the data collection stage corresponds to the stage of collecting data for generating/updating an AI model.
- the data collection stage may include data organization (e.g., determining which data to transfer for model training/model inference), data transfer (e.g., transferring data to an entity (e.g., UE, gNB) that performs model training/model inference), etc.
- data collection may refer to a process in which data is collected by a network node, management entity, or UE for the purpose of AI model training/data analysis/inference.
- process and procedure may be interpreted interchangeably.
- collection may refer to obtaining a data set (e.g., usable as input/output) for AI model training/inference based on measurements (channel measurements, beam measurements, radio link quality measurements, position estimation, etc.).
- offline field data may be data collected from the field (real world) and used for offline training of an AI model.
- online field data may be data collected from the field (real world) and used for online training of an AI model.
- model training is performed based on the data (training data) transferred from the collection stage.
- This stage may include data preparation (e.g., data preprocessing, cleaning, formatting, conversion, etc.), model training/validation, model testing (e.g., verifying that the trained model meets performance thresholds), model exchange (e.g., transferring the model for distributed learning), and model deployment/update (deploying/updating the model to the entities that will perform model inference).
- AI model training may refer to the process of training an AI model in a data-driven manner and obtaining a trained AI model for inference.
- AI model validation may refer to a training subprocess for assessing the quality of an AI model using a dataset different from the dataset used for model training. This subprocess helps select model parameters that generalize beyond the dataset used for model training.
- AI model testing may refer to a training sub-process for evaluating the performance of the final AI model using a dataset different from the dataset used for model training/validation. Note that, unlike validation, testing does not necessarily require subsequent model tuning.
- model inference is performed based on the data (inference data) transferred from the collection stage.
- This stage may include data preparation (e.g., performing data preprocessing, cleaning, formatting, conversion, etc.), model inference, model monitoring (e.g., monitoring the performance of model inference), model performance feedback (feeding back model performance to the entity performing model training), and output (providing model output to the actor).
- AI model inference may refer to the process of using a trained AI model to produce a set of outputs from a set of inputs.
- a UE-side model may refer to an AI model whose inference is performed entirely in the UE.
- a network-side model may refer to an AI model whose inference is performed entirely in the network (e.g., gNB).
- a one-sided model may refer to a UE-side model or a network-side model.
- a two-sided model may refer to a pair of AI models in which joint inference is performed.
- joint inference may include AI inference in which the inference is performed jointly across the UE and the network; for example, the first part of the inference may be performed first by the UE and the remaining part by the gNB (or vice versa).
- AI model monitoring may refer to the process of monitoring the inference performance of an AI model, and may be interchangeably read as model performance monitoring, performance monitoring, etc.
- model registration may refer to making a model executable (registering) by assigning a version identifier to the model and compiling it into the specific hardware used in the inference stage.
- Model deployment may also refer to distributing (or activating in) a runtime image (or execution environment image) of a fully developed and tested model to (or enabling in) a target (e.g., UE/gNB) where inference will be performed.
- a target e.g., UE/gNB
- Actor stages may include action triggers (e.g., decisions about whether to trigger an action on another entity), feedback (e.g., feedback of information needed for training data/inference data/performance feedback), etc.
- action triggers e.g., decisions about whether to trigger an action on another entity
- feedback e.g., feedback of information needed for training data/inference data/performance feedback
- training of a model for mobility optimization may be performed in the Operation, Administration and Maintenance (Management) (OAM)/gNodeB (gNB) of the network (NW).
- OAM Operation, Administration and Maintenance
- gNB gNodeB
- NW Network
- the former offers advantages in terms of interoperability, large-capacity storage, operator manageability, and model flexibility (feature engineering, etc.).
- the latter offers advantages in that it does not require latency for model updates or data exchange for model deployment.
- Inference of the above model may be performed, for example, in the gNB.
- model activation may mean activating an AI model for a specific function.
- Model deactivation may mean disabling an AI model for a specific function.
- Model switching may mean deactivating a currently active AI model for a specific function and activating a different AI model.
- Doppler measurements are performed using periodic DL RSs, e.g., Cell-specific Reference Signals (CRSs) are used in LTE, and TRSs are used in NR (up to Rel. 16).
- CRSs Cell-specific Reference Signals
- TRSs are used in NR (up to Rel. 16).
- Figure 17A shows an example of CRS placement in an LTE system.
- the CRS symbol interval is 3 symbols (0.214 ms), and in this case, Doppler shifts of up to 972 Hz can be measured.
- Figure 17B shows an example of TRS placement in an NR system.
- the TRS symbol interval is 4 symbols (0.286 ms), which allows Doppler shift measurements of up to 870 Hz.
- the maximum measurable Doppler shift in an NR system is thought to be insufficient to support high frequency bands (e.g., bands above 2.1 GHz in the FDD band, and bands above 4.5 GHz in the TDD band) in environments with high-speed movement (e.g., movement at speeds exceeding 500 km/h).
- high frequency bands e.g., bands above 2.1 GHz in the FDD band, and bands above 4.5 GHz in the TDD band
- high-speed movement e.g., movement at speeds exceeding 500 km/h.
- future wireless communication systems may use higher frequencies than those used in existing systems, and in order to ensure flexibility in the bands available to each operator, it is desirable that regulations that can withstand high-speed mobile environments be supported in all bands.
- the UE/NW may not be able to properly process signals, which could hinder improvements in communication throughput.
- the inventors therefore came up with a way to solve these problems.
- a word enclosed in "( )" in a sentence may indicate an explanation of the word immediately preceding it (for example, an explanation of spelling), a paraphrase, a specific example, a supplementary explanation, etc.
- a word enclosed in "[ ]" in a sentence may be interpreted including the word in the meaning of the entire sentence, or may be interpreted excluding the word in the meaning of the entire sentence (ignoring the word in the meaning of the entire sentence). Note that "( )" and "[ ]” may also be used for purposes/meanings other than those mentioned above.
- A/B and “at least one of A and B” may be interpreted interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, “A/B/C” may mean “at least one of A, B, and C.”
- Radio Resource Control RRC
- RRC parameters RRC parameters
- RRC messages upper layer parameters, fields, information elements (IEs), settings, etc.
- IEs information elements
- CEs Medium Access Control control elements
- update commands activation/deactivation commands, etc.
- higher layer signaling may be, for example, Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling, broadcast information, other messages (e.g., messages from the core network such as positioning protocol (e.g., NR Positioning Protocol A (NRPPa)/LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)) messages), or a combination of these.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- MAC Medium Access Control
- LPP LTE Positioning Protocol
- MAC signaling may use, for example, a MAC Control Element (MAC CE), a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU), etc.
- Broadcast information may be, for example, a Master Information Block (MIB), a System Information Block (SIB), Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI), Other System Information (OSI), etc.
- MIB Master Information Block
- SIB System Information Block
- RMSI Remaining Minimum System Information
- OSI Other System Information
- physical layer signaling may be, for example, Downlink Control Information (DCI), Uplink Control Information (UCI), etc.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- UCI Uplink Control Information
- synchronization signal SSB, SS/PBCH block, etc. may be interpreted interchangeably.
- single TRP and SFN may be read as interchangeable.
- HST, HST scheme, high-speed mobility scheme, scheme 1, scheme 2, NW pre-compensation scheme, HST scheme 1, HST scheme 2, and HST NW pre-compensation scheme may be read as interchangeable.
- PDSCH/PDCCH using a single TRP may be interchangeably read as PDSCH/PDCCH based on a single TRP, single TRP PDSCH/PDCCH, and non-SFN PDSCH/PDCCH.
- PDSCH/PDCCH using SFN may be interchangeably read as PDSCH/PDCCH using SFN in multi-mode, PDSCH/PDCCH based on SFN, and SFN PDSCH/PDCCH.
- receiving DL signals (PDSCH/PDCCH) using an SFN may mean receiving the same data (PDSCH)/control information (PDCCH) from multiple transmission/reception points using the same time/frequency resources. Furthermore, receiving DL signals using an SFN may mean receiving the same data/control information using the same time/frequency resources and/or using multiple TCI states/spatial domain filters/beams/QCLs.
- HST-SFN scheme SFN scheme for Rel. 17 and later
- new SFN scheme new HST-SFN scheme
- HST-SFN scenario for Rel. 17 and later HST-SFN scheme for HST-SFN scenario
- SFN scheme for HST-SFN scenario SFN scheme for HST-SFN scenario
- scheme 1 Doppler pre-compensation scheme
- at least one of Doppler pre-compensation scheme may be interpreted interchangeably.
- the terms Doppler pre-compensation scheme, base station pre-compensation scheme, TRP pre-compensation scheme, pre-Doppler compensation scheme, Doppler pre-compensation scheme, NW pre-compensation scheme, HST NW pre-compensation scheme, TRP pre-compensation scheme, and TRP-based pre-compensation scheme may be interpreted interchangeably.
- the terms pre-compensation scheme, reduction scheme, improvement scheme, and correction scheme may be interpreted interchangeably.
- TRS wireless communication method
- DL RS DL RS
- UL RS UL RS
- CRS CRS
- TRS Wireless communication method
- TRS, DL RS, UL RS, CRS, etc. may be interchangeable.
- a TRS particularly, an NZP CSI-RS
- the RS used in applying each embodiment is not limited to a TRS/NZP CSI-RS.
- HST high mobility, high-speed mobility, second mobility, TRS for HST, and TRS for high mobility
- normal mobility mobility other than high mobility
- first mobility, normal TRS, and TRS for normal mobility may be read interchangeably.
- RRC parameter/information element names and MAC CE/DCI field names in this disclosure are merely examples and are not limited to the examples shown.
- each embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied in ways other than those limited to cell-free configuration/HST. In other words, each embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied even in cases where a cell-free configuration/HST is not adopted.
- the first embodiment relates to the setting of the TRS.
- the first embodiment is broadly divided into embodiments 1-1 to 1-4.
- the UE/NW may apply any one of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4 alone, or may apply a combination of at least two of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4.
- the UE/NW may use at least one of the modes corresponding to each of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4.
- the UE may receive the configuration for the TRS using higher layer signaling (e.g., SIB/RRC signaling).
- higher layer signaling e.g., SIB/RRC signaling
- the UE may measure the Doppler shift using a TRS based on this setting.
- the configuration for the TRS may be, for example, a configuration for a non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS resource set/resource (e.g., NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet).
- NZP non-zero power
- the settings for the TRS may include, for example, setting a symbol interval/number of symbols that differs from the symbol interval (e.g., 4)/number of symbols in a slot (e.g., 2) of the TRS in the existing NR.
- the symbol interval included in the settings for the TRS may be smaller than the symbol interval of the existing TRS (for example, the symbol interval may be 3 or less).
- the configuration for the TRS may be able to set a different periodic NZP CSI-RS resource (e.g., a CSI-RS resource other than a single-port CSI-RS resource with a frequency density of 3) among the TRS configurations in existing NR.
- a different periodic NZP CSI-RS resource e.g., a CSI-RS resource other than a single-port CSI-RS resource with a frequency density of 3
- the configuration related to the TRS may be such that the number of periodic NZP CSI-RS resource configurations that can be configured per slot is greater than the existing number (e.g., 2).
- the configuration of the periodic NZP CSI-RS resource may include configuration of the TRS symbol interval/number of symbols in a slot.
- the settings for this TRS may be different from the settings for the existing NZP CSI-RS.
- the settings for the TRS may include, for example, setting a symbol interval/number of symbols that differs from the symbol interval (e.g., 4)/number of symbols in a slot (e.g., 2) of the TRS in the existing NR.
- the symbol interval included in the settings for the TRS may be smaller than the symbol interval of the existing TRS (for example, the symbol interval may be 3 or less).
- the configuration related to the TRS may be such that the number of periodic NZP CSI-RS resource configurations that can be configured per slot is greater than the existing number (e.g., 2).
- the configuration of the periodic NZP CSI-RS resource may include configuration of the TRS symbol interval/number of symbols in a slot.
- the settings for the TRS may include a parameter (e.g., trs-Info-HighMobility) indicating that it is to be used as a TRS for HST.
- a parameter e.g., trs-Info-HighMobility
- the settings for the TRS may be included in the settings for the resource set of the TRS (e.g., TRS-ResourceSet/TRS-ResourceSet-r17).
- Settings for the first TRS e.g., settings for an existing TRS
- settings for the second TRS e.g., settings for a TRS for an HST
- the UE may determine to use the first TRS configuration (e.g., an existing TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 4)). Also, for example, if the UE determines that a setting related to the second TRS is to be configured, the UE may determine to use the second TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS configuration for HST (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 3)).
- the first TRS configuration e.g., an existing TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 4)
- the UE may determine to use the second TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS configuration for HST (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 3)).
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- different resources may be configured for the TRS associated with the first TRS configuration and the TRS associated with the second TRS configuration.
- the TRS resources relating to the first TRS configuration and the TRS resources relating to the second TRS configuration may be time division multiplexed (TDM), frequency division multiplexed (FDM), or space division multiplexed (SDM).
- TDM time division multiplexed
- FDM frequency division multiplexed
- SDM space division multiplexed
- the resources of the TRS relating to the first TRS configuration and the resources of the TRS relating to the second TRS configuration may overlap in at least some resources (e.g., symbols).
- a parameter indicating switching between the existing (normal) TRS and the TRS for HST may be specified/set for each CSI-RS resource set/resource.
- the UE may assume/determine that a specific (e.g., first) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for normal TRS, and another (e.g., second) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for TRS for HST.
- a specific (e.g., first) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for normal TRS
- another (e.g., second) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for TRS for HST.
- a period e.g., a period shorter than 10 ms
- the existing setting e.g., shorter than the existing setting
- the mapping of the TRS may be configured using parameters related to CSI-RS resource mapping (e.g., CSI-RS-resourceMapping), or may be configured using new parameters.
- the UE may assume/determine that antenna ports correspond to different port indices for the configured periodic NZP CSI-RS.
- periodic NZP CSI-RS aperiodic NZP CSI-RS
- semi-persistent NZP CSI-RS may be interpreted interchangeably.
- the settings in the first embodiment may be UE-specific settings or cell-specific settings.
- the RRC configuration in the first embodiment may be configured for each serving cell/area (second cell in cell-free mode)/TRP, or may be configured for at least one of a non-serving cell/area/TRP and a candidate cell/area/TRP.
- At least one of the parameters described in this variant may be set using higher layer parameters, may be predefined in specifications, may be determined based on reported UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- the TRS for the HST can be set appropriately.
- the UE may receive an indication regarding the TRS using the MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may measure the Doppler shift using the TRS based on this instruction.
- the UE may be instructed on the resource set for the TRS using the MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may be instructed of one or more resource set IDs using code points included in the MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may be instructed of one or more resource set IDs using a bitmap included in the MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may be instructed about the symbol interval/number of symbols (number of symbols in a slot) of the TRS using MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may be instructed using MAC CE/DCI to specify only the symbol interval of the TRS, or only the number of symbols of the TRS, or the symbol interval and number of symbols of the TRS, or may be instructed using an ID to specify a combination of the symbol interval and number of symbols that are set in advance using RRC (or that are specified in advance in the specifications).
- the UE may be instructed on the symbol position of the TRS (symbol position within a slot) using MAC CE/DCI.
- the symbol number indicating the symbol position of the TRS may be indicated by a code point or bitmap, or a combination of symbol positions set in advance using RRC (or specified in advance in the specifications) may be indicated using an ID.
- the UE may be notified of the transmission of the TRS for the HST using the MAC CE/DCI.
- one (or at least one) TRS for HST may be configured for the UE using RRC configuration.
- the UE may be notified of either transmitting a normal TRS (for normal mobility) or a TRS for HST using a field (e.g., a 1-bit field) included in the MAC CE/DCI.
- a field e.g., a 1-bit field
- the UE may assume that a normal TRS is being transmitted, and when the field indicates a second value (e.g., 1), the UE may assume that a TRS for HST is being transmitted.
- a first value e.g. 0
- a second value e.g. 1, 1
- the specific notification may be, for example, a notification regarding the TCI state. For example, if the UE receives a notification indicating multiple (e.g., two) TCI states, it may determine that a TRS for HST is to be transmitted.
- the maximum number of TRS candidates that can be configured for a UE using RRC and the maximum number of TRS candidates that can be instructed for a UE using MAC CE/DCI may be configured using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance in a specification, may be determined based on reported UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- the UE may determine/assume that HST (TRS for HST)/normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) will be applied after a certain period of time (e.g., X symbols/slots/ms) has elapsed since receiving/transmitting a notification using MAC CE/DCI.
- a certain period of time e.g., X symbols/slots/ms
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be notified using [new] MAC CE/DCI.
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when a specific timer that is pre-defined/set expires.
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when the number of slots/number of TRSs to which the HST TRP/normal TRS is applied is set and a specific counter reaches a specific value.
- the UE may send a request to the NW regarding switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility).
- the above X, specific timer, and specific counter may be specified in advance in the specifications, may be configured in the UE using higher layer signaling, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- the UE may reset/restart the specific timer/counter.
- the UE may determine/assume that the specific timer/counter has expired/countered.
- the instruction by the MAC CE/DCI may be given for each serving cell/area (second cell in a cell-free environment)/TRP, or for at least one of a non-serving cell/area/TRP and a candidate cell/area/TRP.
- the TRS for the HST can be appropriately indicated.
- a UE may be configured with multiple types of TRS (eg, NZP CSI-RS).
- TRS eg, NZP CSI-RS
- TRP may be, for example, at least two of periodic, aperiodic, and semi-persistent.
- the type of TRS in this embodiment may be interpreted as any type.
- the configuration of the first (e.g., periodic) NZP CSI-RS may be the same as the configuration of the existing periodic NZP CSI-RS.
- the UE may receive a TRS based on a first NZP CSI-RS configuration and a TRS based on a second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RS configuration.
- the number of TRS symbols that can be transmitted per slot may be set using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- the number of second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RS may be configured for the UE.
- the number of TRS symbols that can be transmitted per slot may be configured per TRP/cell/area.
- the UE may be notified of the configuration of one or more second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RSs using RRC signaling.
- second e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent
- the second NZP CSI-RS may be the same as or different from the first NZP CSI-RS.
- At least one of the settings described in embodiment 1-1 above may be applied to the NZP CSI-RS settings.
- the UE may be instructed using MAC CE/DCI which second NZP CSI-RS to trigger.
- the instruction using MAC CE/DCI may be, for example, at least one of those described in embodiment 1-2 above (e.g., options 1-2-1/1-2-3/1-2-4/1-2-5).
- the method described in embodiments 1-2 above may be applied to at least one of the number of second NZP CSI-RSs that can be instructed, the time until the instruction is applied, TRS/mobility switching, and notification target (e.g., serving cell/area/TRP, non-serving cell/area/TRP, candidate cell/area/TRP).
- notification target e.g., serving cell/area/TRP, non-serving cell/area/TRP, candidate cell/area/TRP.
- the UE may assume/determine that the phases of the first NZP CSI-RS resource and the second NZP CSI-RS resource are continuous. By specifying this in this way, it is possible to appropriately measure the Doppler shift even when multiple types of NZP CSI-RS are used.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of TRS arrangement according to embodiments 1-3.
- a periodic NZP CSI-RS and an aperiodic NZP CSI-RS are configured/instructed to the UE.
- Doppler shift is measured using the periodic NZP CSI-RS and the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS.
- the UE may request the NW to transmit TRS for HST.
- the UE may send a request to transmit a TRS for HST.
- the specific event may be configured using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance in a specification, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- a new event may be set/defined for determining/assessing HST for a specific event.
- the UE may transmit a request for TRS transmission for HST based on the UE's implementation.
- the UE may determine/assume that HST (TRS for HST)/normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) will be applied after a certain period of time (e.g., X symbols/slots/ms) has elapsed since the event occurred/request was sent.
- a certain period of time e.g., X symbols/slots/ms
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be notified using [new] MAC CE/DCI.
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when a specific timer that is pre-defined/set expires.
- Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when the number of slots/number of TRSs to which the HST TRP/normal TRS is applied is set and a specific counter reaches a specific value.
- the UE may send a request to the NW regarding switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility).
- the above X, specific timer, and specific counter may be specified in advance in the specifications, may be configured in the UE using higher layer signaling, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
- the UE may reset/restart the specific timer/counter.
- the UE may determine/assume that the specific timer/counter has expired/countered.
- the request sent by the UE may be transmitted using a specific UL channel/signal (e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS/other UL signal).
- a specific UL channel/signal e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS/other UL signal.
- the UE may transmit the request using a scheduling request (SR), for which SR settings/SR resources may be configured/defined for the request.
- SR scheduling request
- the UE may use the normal SR setting/SR resource if the SR setting/SR resource for the request is not configured.
- the UE may send the request using a MAC CE. If the UE receives an UL grant (e.g., if there are free PUSCH resources), it may send the MAC CE on the PUSCH. The UE may also request the UL grant by sending an SR.
- an UL grant e.g., if there are free PUSCH resources
- the UE may send the request using UCI.
- the UE may use the resources allocated in periodic/semi-persistent CSI reporting.
- a bit for identifying the use may be specified in the UCI, or a specific bit (bit length) in the UCI may be used for the purpose of use identification.
- the request sent by the UE may include at least one of a bit requesting HST/high mobility (e.g., 1 bit) and the number/ID of the applicable TRP/cell/area.
- the second embodiment relates to Doppler estimation.
- the UE/NW may use the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model to predict/estimate the Doppler shift.
- the UE/NW may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the predicted/estimated Doppler shift.
- the input information for the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may include, for example, information on at least one of the following: UE movement speed/acceleration. - UE location. ⁇ frequency. - Subcarrier spacing.
- the phase of the RS (e.g., DL/UL RS) used for estimation [Result].
- Mobility history - Mobility routes.
- the output information from the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may include, for example, information regarding at least one of the following: - Doppler shift prediction. Phase difference [cannot be measured if it exceeds 360°].
- network-side information e.g., information regarding the TRP's movement speed/acceleration, or at least one of the TRP's location information
- network-side information used as input information for the UE-side AI/ML model may be notified to the UE using, for example, MAC CE/DCI.
- UE-side information used as input information for the NW-side AI/ML model may be transmitted to the NW using, for example, MAC CE/UCI.
- UE movement speed/acceleration, UE position, RS (e.g., TRS) phase [result] used for estimation, and at least one of past (historical) Doppler shift may be transmitted to the NW using, for example, MAC CE/UCI.
- the UE may receive output information from the AI/ML model on the network side using MAC CE/DCI.
- the UE may receive output information from the AI/ML model on the UW side using MAC CE/UCI.
- the output information from the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may be used for Doppler compensation in HST/SFN as specified in Rel. 17.
- FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of Doppler estimation according to the second embodiment.
- the UE/NW performs Doppler compensation based on the predicted/estimated Doppler shift.
- the RS e.g., TRS
- TRS e.g., TRS
- the existing TRS specified up to Rel. 18.
- the RS e.g., TRS
- the existing TRS defined up to Rel. 18
- this embodiment may be applied in appropriate combination with the first embodiment described above.
- the AI/ML model by using the AI/ML model, it is possible to perform appropriate Doppler compensation even when using high frequency bands.
- notification of any information from a network (NW) (e.g., a base station (BS))) to a UE (in other words, reception of any information from the BS by the UE) may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., DCI), higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel (e.g., PDCCH, PDSCH, reference signal), or a combination thereof.
- NW network
- BS base station
- the MAC CE may be identified by including a new Logical Channel ID (LCID) in the MAC subheader that is not specified in existing standards.
- LCID Logical Channel ID
- the notification may be made by a specific field of the DCI, a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) used to scramble the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bits assigned to the DCI, the format of the DCI, etc.
- RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
- CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
- notification of any information to the UE in the above-described embodiments may be performed periodically, semi-persistently, or aperiodically.
- notification of any information from the UE may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., UCI), higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling, MAC CE), specific signals/channels (e.g., PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, reference signals), or a combination thereof.
- physical layer signaling e.g., UCI
- higher layer signaling e.g., RRC signaling, MAC CE
- specific signals/channels e.g., PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, reference signals
- the MAC CE may be identified by including a new LCID in the MAC subheader that is not specified in existing standards.
- the notification may be transmitted using PUCCH or PUSCH.
- any information notification from the UE in the above-described embodiments may be performed periodically, semi-persistently, or aperiodically.
- the specific process/operation/control/assumption/information(s) of at least one of the above-described embodiments may be applied (used) when one or more of the following conditions are met: - Upper layer parameters indicating the above specific processing/operation/control/assumption/information are set. The specific processing/actions/controls/assumptions/information are determined based on relevant higher layer parameters. - The above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information are specified/activated/triggered by MAC CE/DCI/UCI/resources/channels/RS. Reporting or supporting specific UE capabilities indicating (or relating to) the above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information. The application of the specific process/action/control/assumption/information is determined based on specific conditions.
- the specific UE capabilities may indicate at least one of the following: - Supporting the above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information. - Support TRS for HST. Number of supported TRS configurations.
- the above-mentioned specific UE capabilities may be capabilities that are applied across all frequencies (commonly regardless of frequency), capabilities for each frequency (e.g., one or a combination of cell, band, band combination, BWP, component carrier, etc.), capabilities for each frequency range (e.g., Frequency Range 1 (FR1), FR2, FR3, FR4, FR5, FR2-1, FR2-2), capabilities for each subcarrier spacing (SubCarrier Spacing (SCS)), or capabilities for each Feature Set (FS) or Feature Set Per Component-carrier (FSPC)).
- FR1 Frequency Range 1
- FR2 FR2, FR3, FR4, FR5, FR2-1, FR2-2
- SCS subcarrier Spacing
- FS Feature Set
- FSPC Feature Set Per Component-carrier
- the above-mentioned specific UE capabilities may be capabilities that apply across all duplexing methods (commonly regardless of the duplexing method), or may be capabilities for each duplexing method (e.g., Time Division Duplex (TDD) or Frequency Division Duplex (FDD)).
- TDD Time Division Duplex
- FDD Frequency Division Duplex
- the UE/BS may follow the behavior specified in existing 3GPP releases.
- a terminal having: a receiving unit that receives at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility; and a control unit that controls reception of a downlink reference signal based on at least one of the setting and the instruction.
- a terminal having: a receiving unit that receives at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility; and a control unit that controls reception of a downlink reference signal based on at least one of the setting and the instruction.
- the downlink reference signal is set and indicated separately from a downlink reference signal for purposes other than the high mobility.
- the downlink reference signal includes a plurality of types of non-zero power channel state information reference signals.
- AI Artificial Intelligence
- the first output information is based on at least one of input information on the terminal side and input information on the network side.
- wireless communication system The configuration of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described below.
- communication is performed using any one of the wireless communication methods according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure or a combination thereof.
- FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment.
- Wireless communication system 1 (which may simply be referred to as system 1) may be a system that achieves communication using Long Term Evolution (LTE) specified by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio (5G NR), or the like.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
- 5G NR 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio
- the wireless communication system 1 may also support dual connectivity between multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) (Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC)).
- MR-DC may include dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc.
- RATs Radio Access Technologies
- MR-DC may include dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc.
- E-UTRA Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
- EN-DC E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity
- NE-DC NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity
- the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the master node (MN), and the NR base station (gNB) is the secondary node (SN).
- the NR base station (gNB) is the MN, and the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the SN.
- the wireless communication system 1 may support dual connectivity between multiple base stations within the same RAT (for example, dual connectivity where both the MN and SN are NR base stations (gNBs) (NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC))).
- dual connectivity where both the MN and SN are NR base stations (gNBs) (NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC))).
- gNBs NR base stations
- N-DC Dual Connectivity
- the wireless communication system 1 may include a base station 11 that forms a macrocell C1 with relatively wide coverage, and base stations 12 (12a-12c) that are located within the macrocell C1 and form a small cell C2 that is smaller than the macrocell C1.
- a user terminal 20 may be located within at least one of the cells. The location and number of each cell and user terminal 20 are not limited to the configuration shown in the figure. Hereinafter, when there is no need to distinguish between base stations 11 and 12, they will be collectively referred to as base station 10.
- the user terminal 20 may be connected to at least one of the multiple base stations 10.
- the user terminal 20 may use at least one of carrier aggregation (CA) using multiple component carriers (CC) and dual connectivity (DC).
- CA carrier aggregation
- CC component carriers
- DC dual connectivity
- Each CC may be included in at least one of a first frequency band (Frequency Range 1 (FR1)) and a second frequency band (Frequency Range 2 (FR2)).
- Macrocell C1 may be included in FR1
- small cell C2 may be included in FR2.
- FR1 may be a frequency band below 6 GHz (sub-6 GHz)
- FR2 may be a frequency band above 24 GHz (above-24 GHz). Note that the frequency bands and definitions of FR1 and FR2 are not limited to these, and for example, FR1 may correspond to a higher frequency band than FR2.
- the user terminal 20 may communicate using at least one of time division duplex (TDD) and frequency division duplex (FDD) in each CC.
- TDD time division duplex
- FDD frequency division duplex
- Multiple base stations 10 may be connected by wire (e.g., optical fiber compliant with the Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.) or wirelessly (e.g., NR communication).
- wire e.g., optical fiber compliant with the Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.
- NR communication e.g., NR communication
- base station 11 which corresponds to the upper station
- base station 12 which corresponds to the relay station (relay)
- IAB node Integrated Access Backhaul
- a base station 10 may be connected to the core network 30 directly or via another base station 10.
- the core network 30 may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), a Next Generation Core (NGC), etc.
- EPC Evolved Packet Core
- 5GCN 5G Core Network
- NGC Next Generation Core
- the core network 30 may include network functions (Network Functions (NF)) such as, for example, a User Plane Function (UPF), an Access and Mobility management Function (AMF), a Session Management Function (SMF), a Unified Data Management (UDM), an Application Function (AF), a Data Network (DN), a Location Management Function (LMF), and Operation, Administration and Maintenance (Management) (OAM).
- NF Network Functions
- UPF User Plane Function
- AMF Access and Mobility management Function
- SMF Session Management Function
- UDM Unified Data Management
- AF Application Function
- DN Data Network
- LMF Location Management Function
- OAM Operation, Administration and Maintenance
- the user terminal 20 may be a terminal that supports at least one of the communication methods such as LTE, LTE-A, and 5G.
- a wireless access method based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing may be used.
- OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
- CP-OFDM Cyclic Prefix OFDM
- DFT-s-OFDM Discrete Fourier Transform Spread OFDM
- OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
- SC-FDMA Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access
- the radio access method may also be called a waveform.
- other radio access methods e.g., other single-carrier transmission methods, other multi-carrier transmission methods
- the downlink channel may be a downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH)) shared by each user terminal 20, a broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH)), a downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)), or the like.
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
- an uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)) shared by each user terminal 20, an uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)), a random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH)), etc. may be used as an uplink channel.
- PUSCH Physical Uplink Shared Channel
- PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
- PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
- SIB System Information Block
- PDSCH User data, upper layer control information, System Information Block (SIB), etc.
- SIB System Information Block
- PUSCH User data, upper layer control information, etc.
- MIB Master Information Block
- PBCH Physical Broadcast Channel
- Lower layer control information may be transmitted via the PDCCH.
- the lower layer control information may include, for example, Downlink Control Information (DCI) including scheduling information for at least one of the PDSCH and PUSCH.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- the DCI that schedules the PDSCH may be referred to as a DL assignment or DL DCI
- the DCI that schedules the PUSCH may be referred to as a UL grant or UL DCI.
- the PDSCH may be interpreted as DL data
- the PUSCH may be interpreted as UL data.
- a control resource set (CORESET) and a search space may be used to detect the PDCCH.
- the CORESET corresponds to the resources to search for DCI.
- the search space corresponds to the search area and search method for PDCCH candidates.
- One CORESET may be associated with one or more search spaces. The UE may monitor the CORESET associated with a certain search space based on the search space configuration.
- One search space may correspond to PDCCH candidates corresponding to one or more aggregation levels.
- One or more search spaces may be referred to as a search space set. Note that in this disclosure, “search space,” “search space set,” “search space setting,” “search space set setting,” “CORESET,” “CORESET setting,” etc. may be read interchangeably.
- the PUCCH may transmit uplink control information (UCI) including at least one of channel state information (CSI), delivery confirmation information (which may be called, for example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK), ACK/NACK, etc.), and scheduling request (SR).
- UCI uplink control information
- CSI channel state information
- HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement
- ACK/NACK ACK/NACK, etc.
- SR scheduling request
- the PRACH may transmit a random access preamble for establishing a connection with a cell.
- downlink, uplink, etc. may be expressed without the word “link.”
- various channels may be expressed without the word “Physical” at the beginning.
- a synchronization signal (SS), a downlink reference signal (DL-RS), etc. may be transmitted.
- a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a positioning reference signal (PRS), a phase tracking reference signal (PTRS), etc. may be transmitted.
- the synchronization signal may be, for example, at least one of a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS).
- a signal block including an SS (PSS, SSS) and a PBCH (and a DMRS for the PBCH) may be referred to as an SS/PBCH block, an SS block (SSB), etc.
- SS, SSB, etc. may also be referred to as a reference signal.
- a sounding reference signal (SRS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), etc. may be transmitted as an uplink reference signal (UL-RS).
- DMRS may also be called a user equipment-specific reference signal (UE-specific Reference Signal).
- the base station 21 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a base station according to an embodiment.
- the base station 10 includes a control unit 110, a transceiver unit 120, a transceiver antenna 130, and a transmission line interface 140. Note that the base station may include one or more of each of the control unit 110, the transceiver unit 120, the transceiver antenna 130, and the transmission line interface 140.
- this example mainly shows the functional blocks that characterize the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. Some of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
- the control unit 110 controls the entire base station 10.
- the control unit 110 can be composed of a controller, a control circuit, etc., as described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains.
- the control unit 110 may control signal generation, scheduling (e.g., resource allocation, mapping), etc.
- the control unit 110 may also control transmission and reception using the transceiver unit 120, the transceiver antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140, measurements, etc.
- the control unit 110 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals, and transfer them to the transceiver unit 120.
- the control unit 110 may also perform call processing of communication channels (setting up, releasing, etc.), status management of the base station 10, management of radio resources, etc.
- the transceiver unit 120 may include a baseband unit 121, a radio frequency (RF) unit 122, and a measurement unit 123.
- the baseband unit 121 may include a transmission processing unit 1211 and a reception processing unit 1212.
- the transceiver unit 120 may be composed of a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transceiver circuit, etc., which are described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure relates.
- the transceiver unit 120 may be configured as an integrated transceiver unit, or may be composed of a transmitter unit and a receiver unit.
- the transmitter unit may be composed of a transmission processing unit 1211 and an RF unit 122.
- the receiver unit may be composed of a reception processing unit 1212, an RF unit 122, and a measurement unit 123.
- the transmitting and receiving antenna 130 can be composed of an antenna described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains, such as an array antenna.
- the transceiver 120 may transmit the above-mentioned downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, etc.
- the transceiver 120 may also receive the above-mentioned uplink channel, uplink reference signal, etc.
- the transceiver unit 120 may form at least one of the transmit beam and the receive beam using digital beamforming (e.g., precoding), analog beamforming (e.g., phase rotation), etc.
- digital beamforming e.g., precoding
- analog beamforming e.g., phase rotation
- the transceiver 120 may perform Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer processing, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer processing (e.g., RLC retransmission control), Medium Access Control (MAC) layer processing (e.g., HARQ retransmission control), etc. on data, control information, etc. obtained from the control unit 110, and generate a bit string to be transmitted.
- PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- RLC Radio Link Control
- MAC Medium Access Control
- HARQ retransmission control e.g., HARQ retransmission control
- the transmitter/receiver unit 120 may perform transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) processing (if necessary), Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
- transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) processing (if necessary), Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
- channel coding which may include error correction coding
- DFT Discrete Fourier Transform
- IFFT Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
- the transceiver unit 120 may perform modulation, filtering, amplification, etc. on the baseband signal to a radio frequency band, and transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transceiver antenna 130.
- the transceiver unit 120 may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transceiver antenna 130.
- the transceiver unit 120 may apply reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal, thereby acquiring user data, etc.
- reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal, thereby acquiring user data, etc.
- FFT Fast Fourier Transform
- IDFT Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform
- the transceiver 120 may perform measurements on the received signal.
- the measurement unit 123 may perform Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurements, Channel State Information (CSI) measurements, etc. based on the received signal.
- the measurement unit 123 may measure received power (e.g., Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP)), received quality (e.g., Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)), signal strength (e.g., Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)), propagation path information (e.g., CSI), etc.
- RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
- RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
- the measurement results may be output to the control unit 110.
- the transmission path interface 140 may transmit and receive signals (backhaul signaling) between devices included in the core network 30 (e.g., network nodes providing NF), other base stations 10, etc., and may acquire and transmit user data (user plane data), control plane data, etc. for the user terminal 20.
- devices included in the core network 30 e.g., network nodes providing NF
- other base stations 10, etc. may acquire and transmit user data (user plane data), control plane data, etc. for the user terminal 20.
- the transmitter and receiver of the base station 10 in this disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 120, the transmitter/receiver antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140.
- the transceiver unit 120 may transmit at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility.
- the control unit 110 may control the transmission of a downlink reference signal using at least one of the setting and the instruction (first embodiment).
- the control unit 110 may perform Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side.
- the transceiver unit 120 may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation (second embodiment).
- the user terminal 22 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment.
- the user terminal 20 includes a control unit 210, a transceiver unit 220, and a transceiver antenna 230. Note that the user terminal 20 may include one or more of each of the control unit 210, the transceiver unit 220, and the transceiver antenna 230.
- this example mainly shows the functional blocks that characterize the present embodiment, and the user terminal 20 may also have other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. Some of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
- the control unit 210 controls the entire user terminal 20.
- the control unit 210 can be composed of a controller, control circuit, etc., as described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains.
- the control unit 210 may control signal generation, mapping, etc.
- the control unit 210 may also control transmission and reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission and reception unit 220 and the transmission and reception antenna 230.
- the control unit 210 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals and transfer them to the transmission and reception unit 220.
- the transceiver unit 220 may include a baseband unit 221, an RF unit 222, and a measurement unit 223.
- the baseband unit 221 may include a transmission processing unit 2211 and a reception processing unit 2212.
- the transceiver unit 220 may be composed of a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transceiver circuit, etc., which are described based on common understanding in the technical field related to this disclosure.
- the transceiver unit 220 may be configured as an integrated transceiver unit, or may be composed of a transmitter unit and a receiver unit.
- the transmitter unit may be composed of a transmission processing unit 2211 and an RF unit 222.
- the receiver unit may be composed of a reception processing unit 2212, an RF unit 222, and a measurement unit 223.
- the transceiver unit 220 may receive the above-mentioned downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, etc.
- the transceiver unit 220 may also transmit the above-mentioned uplink channel, uplink reference signal, etc.
- the transceiver unit 220 may form at least one of the transmit beam and the receive beam using digital beamforming (e.g., precoding), analog beamforming (e.g., phase rotation), etc.
- digital beamforming e.g., precoding
- analog beamforming e.g., phase rotation
- the transceiver unit 220 may perform PDCP layer processing, RLC layer processing (e.g., RLC retransmission control), MAC layer processing (e.g., HARQ retransmission control), etc. on data, control information, etc. obtained from the control unit 210, and generate a bit string to be transmitted.
- RLC layer processing e.g., RLC retransmission control
- MAC layer processing e.g., HARQ retransmission control
- the transceiver unit 220 may perform transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, DFT processing (if necessary), IFFT processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
- transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, DFT processing (if necessary), IFFT processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
- Whether or not to apply DFT processing may be based on the settings for transform precoding. If transform precoding is enabled for a certain channel (e.g., PUSCH), the transceiver unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) may perform DFT processing as the transmission processing to transmit the channel using a DFT-s-OFDM waveform; if not, it may not be necessary to perform DFT processing as the transmission processing.
- transform precoding is enabled for a certain channel (e.g., PUSCH)
- the transceiver unit 220 transmission processing unit 2211
- the transceiver unit 220 may perform modulation, filtering, amplification, etc. on the baseband signal to a radio frequency band, and transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transceiver antenna 230.
- the transceiver unit 220 may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transceiver antenna 230.
- the transceiver unit 220 may apply reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, FFT processing, IDFT processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal to acquire user data, etc.
- reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, FFT processing, IDFT processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal to acquire user data, etc.
- the transceiver unit 220 may perform measurements on the received signal. For example, the measurement unit 223 may perform RRM measurements, CSI measurements, etc. based on the received signal.
- the measurement unit 223 may measure received power (e.g., RSRP), received quality (e.g., RSRQ, SINR, SNR), signal strength (e.g., RSSI), propagation path information (e.g., CSI), etc.
- the measurement results may be output to the control unit 210.
- the measurement unit 223 may derive channel measurements for CSI calculation based on channel measurement resources.
- the channel measurement resources may be, for example, non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS resources.
- the measurement unit 223 may also derive interference measurements for CSI calculation based on interference measurement resources.
- the interference measurement resources may be at least one of NZP CSI-RS resources for interference measurement, CSI-Interference Measurement (IM) resources, etc.
- CSI-IM may also be referred to as CSI-Interference Management (IM) or may be interchangeably read as Zero Power (ZP) CSI-RS.
- CSI-RS, NZP CSI-RS, ZP CSI-RS, CSI-IM, CSI-SSB, etc. may be interchangeable.
- the transmitter and receiver of the user terminal 20 in this disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 220 and the transmitter/receiver antenna 230.
- the transceiver unit 220 may receive at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility.
- the control unit 210 may control reception of a downlink reference signal based on at least one of the setting and the instruction (first embodiment).
- the downlink reference signal may be configured and indicated separately from downlink reference signals for uses other than high mobility (first embodiment).
- the downlink reference signal may include multiple types of non-zero power channel state information reference signals (first embodiment).
- the control unit 210 may also control the transmission of a request for the transmission of the downlink signal based on a specific event (first embodiment).
- the control unit 210 may perform Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side.
- the transceiver unit 220 may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation (second embodiment).
- the first output information may be based on at least one of the input information on the terminal side and the input information on the network side (second embodiment).
- the transceiver unit 220 may transmit the first output information to the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and uplink control information (second embodiment).
- MAC Medium Access Control
- second embodiment uplink control information
- the transceiver unit 220 may receive the second output information from the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and downlink control information (second embodiment).
- MAC Medium Access Control
- second embodiment downlink control information
- each functional block may be realized using a single device that is physically or logically coupled, or may be realized using two or more physically or logically separated devices that are directly or indirectly connected (e.g., wired, wireless, etc.) and these multiple devices.
- the functional block may also be realized by combining software with the single device or multiple devices.
- functions include, but are not limited to, judgment, determination, judgment, calculation, computation, processing, derivation, investigation, search, confirmation, reception, transmission, output, access, resolution, selection, election, establishment, comparison, assumption, expectation, deeming, broadcasting, notifying, communicating, forwarding, configuring, reconfiguring, allocating, mapping, and assignment.
- a functional block (component) that performs transmission functions may be called a transmitting unit, transmitter, etc.
- transmitting unit transmitter
- a base station, a user terminal, etc. in one embodiment of the present disclosure may function as a computer that performs processing of the wireless communication method of the present disclosure.
- Figure 23 is a diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment.
- the above-mentioned base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, memory 1002, storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, etc.
- the hardware configuration of the base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or more of the devices shown in the figures, or may be configured to exclude some of the devices.
- processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
- the functions of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 are realized, for example, by loading specific software (programs) onto hardware such as the processor 1001 and memory 1002, causing the processor 1001 to perform calculations, control communications via the communication device 1004, and control at least one of reading and writing data from and to the memory 1002 and storage 1003.
- the processor 1001 for example, runs an operating system to control the entire computer.
- the processor 1001 may be configured as a central processing unit (CPU) that includes an interface with peripheral devices, a control unit, an arithmetic unit, registers, etc.
- CPU central processing unit
- control unit e.g., arithmetic unit
- registers e.g., arithmetic unit
- at least a portion of the above-mentioned control unit 110 (210), transceiver unit 120 (220), etc. may be realized by the processor 1001.
- the processor 1001 reads programs (program code), software modules, data, etc. from at least one of the storage 1003 and the communication device 1004 into the memory 1002, and executes various processes in accordance with these.
- the programs used are those that cause a computer to execute at least some of the operations described in the above-described embodiments.
- the control unit 110 (210) may be implemented by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and running on the processor 1001, and similar implementations may be used for other functional blocks.
- Memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium and may be composed of, for example, at least one of Read Only Memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically EPROM (EEPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), or other suitable storage medium.
- ROM Read Only Memory
- EPROM Erasable Programmable ROM
- EEPROM Electrically EPROM
- RAM Random Access Memory
- Memory 1002 may also be referred to as a register, cache, main memory, etc.
- Memory 1002 can store executable programs (program code), software modules, etc. for implementing a wireless communication method according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- Storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium and may be composed of at least one of a flexible disk, a floppy disk, a magneto-optical disk (e.g., a compact disc (Compact Disc ROM (CD-ROM)), a digital versatile disc, a Blu-ray disc), a removable disk, a hard disk drive, a smart card, a flash memory device (e.g., a card, a stick, a key drive), a magnetic stripe, a database, a server, or other suitable storage medium.
- Storage 1003 may also be referred to as an auxiliary storage device.
- the communication device 1004 is hardware (transmitting/receiving device) for communicating between computers via at least one of a wired network and a wireless network, and is also referred to as a network device, network controller, network card, or communication module.
- the communication device 1004 may be configured to include high-frequency switches, duplexers, filters, frequency synthesizers, etc. to implement at least one of frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD).
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD time division duplex
- the above-mentioned transmitter/receiver unit 120 (220), transmitter/receiver antenna 130 (230), etc. may be implemented by the communication device 1004.
- the transmitter/receiver unit 120 (220) may be implemented as a transmitter unit 120a (220a) and a receiver unit 120b (220b) that are physically or logically separated.
- the input device 1005 is an input device (e.g., a keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, etc.) that accepts input from the outside.
- the output device 1006 is an output device (e.g., a display, speaker, Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamp, etc.) that outputs to the outside. Note that the input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may be integrated into one device (e.g., a touch panel).
- each device such as the processor 1001 and memory 1002, is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information.
- the bus 1007 may be configured using a single bus, or may be configured using different buses between each device.
- the base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be configured to include hardware such as a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), or a field programmable gate array (FPGA), and some or all of the functional blocks may be realized using this hardware.
- the processor 1001 may be implemented using at least one of these pieces of hardware.
- a channel, a symbol, and a signal may be interchangeable.
- a signal may also be a message.
- a reference signal may be abbreviated as RS, and may also be called a pilot, pilot signal, etc. depending on the applicable standard.
- a component carrier may also be called a cell, frequency carrier, carrier frequency, etc.
- a radio frame may be composed of one or more periods (frames) in the time domain.
- Each of the one or more periods (frames) constituting a radio frame may be called a subframe.
- a subframe may be composed of one or more slots in the time domain.
- a subframe may have a fixed time length (e.g., 1 ms) that is independent of numerology.
- numerology may be a communication parameter applied to at least one of the transmission and reception of a signal or channel.
- Numerology may indicate, for example, at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing (SCS), bandwidth, symbol length, cyclic prefix length, transmission time interval (TTI), number of symbols per TTI, radio frame structure, specific filtering processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the frequency domain, and specific windowing processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the time domain.
- SCS subcarrier spacing
- TTI transmission time interval
- radio frame structure specific filtering processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the frequency domain
- specific windowing processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the time domain specific windowing processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the time domain.
- a slot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain (such as Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols).
- a slot may also be a time unit based on numerology.
- a slot may include multiple minislots. Each minislot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain. A minislot may also be called a subslot. A minislot may consist of fewer symbols than a slot.
- a PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted in a time unit larger than a minislot may be called PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type A.
- a PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted using a minislot may be called PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type B.
- Radio frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol all represent time units for transmitting signals. Radio frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol may each be referred to by a different name. Note that the time units used in this disclosure, such as frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol, may be interchangeable.
- one subframe may be referred to as a TTI, or multiple consecutive subframes may be referred to as a TTI, or one slot or one minislot may be referred to as a TTI.
- at least one of a subframe and a TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) as in existing LTE, or may be a period shorter than 1 ms (e.g., 1-13 symbols), or may be a period longer than 1 ms.
- the unit representing a TTI may be called a slot, minislot, etc. instead of a subframe.
- TTI refers to, for example, the smallest time unit for scheduling in wireless communication.
- a base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (such as the frequency bandwidth and transmission power that can be used by each user terminal) to each user terminal in TTI units.
- radio resources such as the frequency bandwidth and transmission power that can be used by each user terminal
- TTI is not limited to this.
- the TTI may be a transmission time unit for a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), code block, code word, etc., or may be a processing unit for scheduling, link adaptation, etc.
- the time interval e.g., number of symbols
- the time interval to which a transport block, code block, code word, etc. is actually mapped may be shorter than the TTI.
- one slot or one minislot is called a TTI
- one or more TTIs may be the smallest time unit for scheduling.
- the number of slots (minislots) that make up the smallest time unit for scheduling may be controlled.
- a TTI with a time length of 1 ms may be called a regular TTI (TTI in 3GPP Rel. 8-12), normal TTI, long TTI, regular subframe, normal subframe, long subframe, slot, etc.
- a TTI shorter than a regular TTI may be called a shortened TTI, short TTI, partial TTI (partial or fractional TTI), shortened subframe, short subframe, minislot, subslot, slot, etc.
- a long TTI (e.g., a normal TTI, subframe, etc.) may be interpreted as a TTI having a time length of more than 1 ms
- a short TTI e.g., a shortened TTI, etc.
- a resource block is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and frequency domain, and may include one or more consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
- the number of subcarriers included in an RB may be the same regardless of numerology, and may be, for example, 12.
- the number of subcarriers included in an RB may also be determined based on numerology.
- an RB may include one or more symbols in the time domain and may be one slot, one minislot, one subframe, or one TTI in length.
- One TTI, one subframe, etc. may each be composed of one or more resource blocks.
- one or more RBs may also be referred to as a physical resource block (PRB), a sub-carrier group (SCG), a resource element group (REG), a PRB pair, an RB pair, etc.
- PRB physical resource block
- SCG sub-carrier group
- REG resource element group
- PRB pair an RB pair, etc.
- a resource block may be composed of one or more resource elements (REs).
- REs resource elements
- one RE may be a radio resource region of one subcarrier and one symbol.
- a Bandwidth Part (which may also be referred to as a partial bandwidth) may represent a subset of contiguous common resource blocks (RBs) for a given numerology on a given carrier.
- the common RBs may be identified by the index of the RB relative to the common reference point of the carrier.
- PRBs may be defined in a BWP and numbered within that BWP.
- BWPs may include UL BWPs (BWPs for UL) and DL BWPs (BWPs for DL).
- BWPs for UL
- BWPs for DL DL BWPs
- One or more BWPs may be configured for a UE within one carrier.
- At least one of the configured BWPs may be active, and the UE may not expect to transmit or receive a given signal/channel outside the active BWP.
- BWP bitmap
- the structures of the radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots, and symbols described above are merely examples.
- the number of subframes included in a radio frame, the number of slots per subframe or radio frame, the number of minislots included in a slot, the number of symbols and RBs included in a slot or minislot, the number of subcarriers included in an RB, as well as the number of symbols in a TTI, symbol length, and cyclic prefix (CP) length can be changed in various ways.
- radio resources may be indicated by a predetermined index.
- the names used for parameters and the like in this disclosure are not limiting in any way. Furthermore, the mathematical formulas and the like using these parameters may differ from those explicitly disclosed in this disclosure.
- the various channels (PUCCH, PDCCH, etc.) and information elements may be identified by any suitable names, and therefore the various names assigned to these various channels and information elements are not limiting in any way.
- the information, signals, etc. described in this disclosure may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies.
- data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, chips, etc. that may be referred to throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, optical fields or photons, or any combination thereof.
- Information, signals, etc. may be output from a higher layer to a lower layer and/or from a lower layer to a higher layer. Information, signals, etc. may be input/output via multiple network nodes.
- Input and output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, memory) or may be managed using a management table. Input and output information, signals, etc. may be overwritten, updated, or added to. Output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, etc. may be sent to another device.
- the notification of information is not limited to the aspects/embodiments described in this disclosure, and may be performed using other methods.
- the notification of information in this disclosure may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., Downlink Control Information (DCI), Uplink Control Information (UCI))), higher layer signaling (e.g., Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, broadcast information (Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB)), etc.), Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling), other signals, or a combination of these.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- UCI Uplink Control Information
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- MIB Master Information Block
- SIB System Information Block
- MAC Medium Access Control
- L1/L2 control signal Layer 1/Layer 2
- L1 control information L1 control signal
- RRC signaling may also be referred to as RRC messages, such as RRC Connection Setup messages or RRC Connection Reconfiguration messages.
- MAC signaling may also be notified using, for example, MAC Control Elements (CEs).
- CEs MAC Control Elements
- notification of specified information is not limited to explicit notification, but may also be done implicitly (e.g., by not notifying the specified information or by notifying other information).
- the determination may be made based on a value represented by a single bit (0 or 1), a Boolean value represented as true or false, or a comparison of numerical values (for example, a comparison with a predetermined value).
- Software shall be construed broadly to mean instructions, instruction sets, code, code segments, program code, programs, subprograms, software modules, applications, software applications, software packages, routines, subroutines, objects, executable files, threads of execution, procedures, functions, etc., whether referred to as software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description language, or otherwise.
- software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted and received via a transmission medium.
- a transmission medium such as coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, or Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)
- wired technology such as coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, or Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)
- wireless technology such as infrared or microwave
- Network may refer to devices included in the network (e.g., base stations).
- precoding "precoding weight”
- QCL Quality of Co-Location
- TCI state Transmission Configuration Indication state
- spatialal relation "spatial domain filter,” “transmit power,” “phase rotation,” “antenna port,” “layer,” “number of layers,” “rank,” “resource,” “resource set,” “beam,” “beam width,” “beam angle,” “antenna,” “antenna element,” “panel,” “UE panel,” “transmitting entity,” “receiving entity,” etc.
- the term "antenna port” may be interchangeably read as an antenna port for any signal/channel (e.g., a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port).
- the term “resource” may be interchangeably read as a resource for any signal/channel (e.g., a reference signal resource, an SRS resource, etc.).
- the resource may include time/frequency/code/space/power resources.
- the spatial domain transmit filter may include at least one of a spatial domain transmission filter and a spatial domain reception filter.
- the above groups may include, for example, at least one of a spatial relationship group, a Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) group, a Reference Signal (RS) group, a Control Resource Set (CORESET) group, a PUCCH group, an antenna port group (e.g., a DMRS port group), a layer group, a resource group, a beam group, an antenna group, a panel group, etc.
- CDM Code Division Multiplexing
- RS Reference Signal
- CORESET Control Resource Set
- beam SRS Resource Indicator (SRI), CORESET, CORESET pool, PDSCH, PUSCH, codeword (CW), transport block (TB), RS, etc. may be read as interchangeable terms.
- TCI state downlink TCI state
- DL TCI state downlink TCI state
- UL TCI state uplink TCI state
- unified TCI state common TCI state
- joint TCI state may be interpreted interchangeably.
- index identifier
- indicator indication
- resource ID identifier
- sequence list, set, group, cluster, and subset
- TCI state ID may be interchangeable.
- TCI state ID may be interchangeable as “set of spatial relationship information (TCI state)", “one or more pieces of spatial relationship information”, etc.
- TCI state and TCI may be interchangeable.
- Spatial relationship information and spatial relationship may be interchangeable.
- Base Station BS
- Radio Base Station Fire Base Station
- NodeB NodeB
- eNB eNodeB
- gNB gNodeB
- Access Point "Transmission Point (TP),” “Reception Point (RP),” “Transmission/Reception Point (TRP),” “Panel,” “Cell,” “Sector,” “Cell Group,” “Carrier,” and “Component Carrier”
- Base stations may also be referred to by terms such as macrocell, small cell, femtocell, and picocell.
- a base station can accommodate one or more (e.g., three) cells.
- a base station accommodates multiple cells, the entire coverage area of the base station can be divided into multiple smaller areas, and each smaller area can also be provided with communication services by a base station subsystem (e.g., a small indoor base station (Remote Radio Head (RRH))).
- RRH Remote Radio Head
- the terms "cell” or “sector” refer to part or all of the coverage area of at least one of the base station and base station subsystems that provide communication services within this coverage area.
- a base station transmitting information to a terminal may be interpreted as the base station instructing the terminal to control/operate based on that information.
- MS Mobile Station
- UE User Equipment
- a mobile station may also be referred to as a subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client, or some other suitable terminology.
- At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be referred to as a transmitting device, a receiving device, a wireless communication device, etc.
- at least one of the base station and the mobile station may be a device mounted on a moving object, the moving object itself, etc.
- the mobile body in question refers to an object that can move at any speed, and of course also includes cases where the mobile body is stationary.
- Examples of the mobile body in question include, but are not limited to, vehicles, transport vehicles, automobiles, motorcycles, bicycles, connected cars, excavators, bulldozers, wheel loaders, dump trucks, forklifts, trains, buses, handcarts, rickshaws, ships and other watercraft, airplanes, rockets, satellites, drones, multicopters, quadcopters, balloons, and objects mounted on these.
- the mobile body in question may also be a mobile body that moves autonomously based on operation commands.
- the moving object may be a vehicle (e.g., a car, an airplane, etc.), an unmanned moving object (e.g., a drone, a self-driving car, etc.), or a robot (manned or unmanned).
- a vehicle e.g., a car, an airplane, etc.
- an unmanned moving object e.g., a drone, a self-driving car, etc.
- a robot manned or unmanned.
- at least one of the base station and the mobile station may also include devices that do not necessarily move during communication operations.
- at least one of the base station and the mobile station may be an Internet of Things (IoT) device such as a sensor.
- IoT Internet of Things
- FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment.
- the vehicle 40 includes a drive unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, an axle 48, an electronic control unit 49, various sensors (including a current sensor 50, an RPM sensor 51, an air pressure sensor 52, a vehicle speed sensor 53, an acceleration sensor 54, an accelerator pedal sensor 55, a brake pedal sensor 56, a shift lever sensor 57, and an object detection sensor 58), an information service unit 59, and a communication module 60.
- various sensors including a current sensor 50, an RPM sensor 51, an air pressure sensor 52, a vehicle speed sensor 53, an acceleration sensor 54, an accelerator pedal sensor 55, a brake pedal sensor 56, a shift lever sensor 57, and an object detection sensor 58
- an information service unit 59 including a communication module 60.
- the drive unit 41 is composed of, for example, at least one of an engine, a motor, or a hybrid of an engine and a motor.
- the steering unit 42 includes at least a steering wheel (also called a handle) and is configured to steer at least one of the front wheels 46 and the rear wheels 47 based on the operation of the steering wheel operated by the user.
- the electronic control unit 49 is composed of a microprocessor 61, memory (ROM, RAM) 62, and a communication port (e.g., an input/output (IO) port) 63. Signals are input to the electronic control unit 49 from various sensors 50-58 provided in the vehicle.
- the electronic control unit 49 may also be called an Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
- ECU Electronic Control Unit
- Signals from the various sensors 50-58 include a current signal from a current sensor 50 that senses the motor current, a rotation speed signal for the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by a rotation speed sensor 51, an air pressure signal for the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by an air pressure sensor 52, a vehicle speed signal obtained by a vehicle speed sensor 53, an acceleration signal obtained by an acceleration sensor 54, a depression amount signal for the accelerator pedal 43 obtained by an accelerator pedal sensor 55, a depression amount signal for the brake pedal 44 obtained by a brake pedal sensor 56, an operation signal for the shift lever 45 obtained by a shift lever sensor 57, and a detection signal for detecting obstacles, vehicles, pedestrians, etc. obtained by an object detection sensor 58.
- the information service unit 59 is composed of various devices, such as a car navigation system, audio system, speakers, displays, televisions, and radios, that provide (output) various information such as driving information, traffic information, and entertainment information, as well as one or more ECUs that control these devices.
- the information service unit 59 uses information obtained from external devices via the communication module 60, etc., to provide various information/services (e.g., multimedia information/multimedia services) to the occupants of the vehicle 40.
- various information/services e.g., multimedia information/multimedia services
- the information service unit 59 may include input devices (e.g., keyboards, mice, microphones, switches, buttons, sensors, touch panels, etc.) that accept input from the outside, and may also include output devices (e.g., displays, speakers, LED lamps, touch panels, etc.) that output to the outside.
- input devices e.g., keyboards, mice, microphones, switches, buttons, sensors, touch panels, etc.
- output devices e.g., displays, speakers, LED lamps, touch panels, etc.
- the driving assistance system unit 64 is composed of various devices that provide functions to prevent accidents and reduce the driver's driving burden, such as millimeter-wave radar, Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR), cameras, positioning locators (e.g., Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS)), map information (e.g., High Definition (HD) maps, Autonomous Vehicle (AV) maps), gyro systems (e.g., Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) and Inertial Navigation System (INS)), artificial intelligence (AI) chips, and AI processors, as well as one or more ECUs that control these devices.
- the driving assistance system unit 64 also transmits and receives various information via the communication module 60 to realize driving assistance or autonomous driving functions.
- the communication module 60 can communicate with the microprocessor 61 and components of the vehicle 40 via the communication port 63.
- the communication module 60 transmits and receives data (information) via the communication port 63 between the drive unit 41, steering unit 42, accelerator pedal 43, brake pedal 44, shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, axles 48, the microprocessor 61 and memory (ROM, RAM) 62 in the electronic control unit 49, and the various sensors 50-58, all of which are provided on the vehicle 40.
- the communication module 60 is a communication device that can be controlled by the microprocessor 61 of the electronic control unit 49 and can communicate with external devices. For example, it sends and receives various information to and from external devices via wireless communication.
- the communication module 60 may be located either inside or outside the electronic control unit 49.
- the external device may be, for example, the base station 10 or user terminal 20 described above.
- the communication module 60 may also be, for example, at least one of the base station 10 and user terminal 20 described above (or may function as at least one of the base station 10 and user terminal 20).
- the communications module 60 may transmit at least one of the following to an external device via wireless communication: signals from the various sensors 50-58 described above input to the electronic control unit 49; information obtained based on these signals; and information based on input from the outside (user) obtained via the information service unit 59.
- the electronic control unit 49, the various sensors 50-58, the information service unit 59, etc. may also be referred to as input units that accept input.
- the PUSCH transmitted by the communications module 60 may include information based on the above input.
- the communications module 60 receives various information (traffic information, traffic signal information, vehicle-to-vehicle information, etc.) transmitted from external devices and displays it on the information service unit 59 installed in the vehicle.
- the information service unit 59 may also be called an output unit that outputs information (for example, outputs information to a device such as a display or speaker based on the PDSCH received by the communications module 60 (or data/information decoded from the PDSCH)).
- the communication module 60 stores various information received from external devices in memory 62 that can be used by the microprocessor 61. Based on the information stored in memory 62, the microprocessor 61 may control the drive unit 41, steering unit 42, accelerator pedal 43, brake pedal 44, shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, axles 48, various sensors 50-58, and other components provided on the vehicle 40.
- the base station in the present disclosure may be read as a user terminal.
- the aspects/embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to a configuration in which communication between a base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between multiple user terminals (which may be called, for example, Device-to-Device (D2D) or Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X)).
- the user terminal 20 may be configured to have the functions possessed by the base station 10 described above.
- terms such as “uplink” and “downlink” may be read as terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "sidelink”).
- terms such as uplink channel and downlink channel may be read as sidelink channel.
- the user terminal in this disclosure may be interpreted as a base station.
- the base station 10 may be configured to have the functions possessed by the user terminal 20 described above.
- operations described as being performed by a base station may in some cases also be performed by its upper node.
- a network including one or more network nodes having base stations it is clear that various operations performed for communication with terminals may be performed by the base station, one or more network nodes other than the base station (such as, but not limited to, a Mobility Management Entity (MME) or a Serving-Gateway (S-GW)), or a combination thereof.
- MME Mobility Management Entity
- S-GW Serving-Gateway
- each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure may be used alone, in combination, or switched between depending on the implementation. Furthermore, the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, etc. of each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure may be rearranged as long as they are consistent. For example, the methods described in this disclosure present various step elements in an exemplary order, and are not limited to the specific order presented.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A LTE-Advanced
- LTE-B LTE-Beyond
- SUPER 3G IMT-Advanced
- 4th generation mobile communication system 4th generation mobile communication system
- 5G 5th generation mobile communication system
- 6G 6th generation mobile communication system
- xG x is, for example, an integer or decimal number
- Future Radio Access FX
- GSM Global System for Mobile communications
- CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access
- UMB Ultra Mobile Broadband
- IEEE 802.11 Wi-Fi
- IEEE 802.16 WiMAX (registered trademark)
- IEEE 802.20 Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), or other appropriate wireless communication methods, as
- the phrase “based on” does not mean “based only on,” unless expressly stated otherwise. In other words, the phrase “based on” means both “based only on” and “based at least on.”
- any reference to an element using a designation such as "first,” “second,” etc. does not generally limit the quantity or order of those elements. These designations may be used in this disclosure as a convenient method of distinguishing between two or more elements. Thus, a reference to a first and a second element does not imply that only two elements may be employed or that the first element must in some way precede the second element.
- determining may encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, “determining” may be considered to be judging, calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up, search, inquiry (e.g., searching in a table, database, or other data structure), ascertaining, etc.
- determination may be considered to be “determining” receiving (e.g., receiving information), transmitting (e.g., sending information), input, output, accessing (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc.
- judgment (decision) may be considered to mean “judging (deciding)” resolving, selecting, choosing, establishing, comparing, etc.
- judgment (decision) may be considered to mean “judging (deciding)” some kind of action.
- judgment (decision) may be read interchangeably with the above-mentioned actions.
- expect may be interchangeably read as “be expected.”
- "expect(s)" ("" may be expressed, for example, as a that clause, a to-infinitive, etc.) may be interchangeably read as “be expected." "does not expect" may be interchangeably read as “be not expected."
- "An apparatus A is not expected" may be interchangeably read as "apparatus B other than apparatus A does not expect" (for example, if apparatus A is a UE, apparatus B may be a base station).
- maximum transmit power used in this disclosure may refer to the maximum value of transmit power, the nominal UE maximum transmit power, or the rated UE maximum transmit power.
- connection means any direct or indirect connection or coupling between two or more elements, and may include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are “connected” or “coupled” to each other.
- the coupling or connection between elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. For example, "connected” may be read as "access.”
- a and B are different may mean “A and B are different from each other.” Note that this term may also mean “A and B are each different from C.” Terms such as “separate” and “combined” may also be interpreted in the same way as “different.”
- expressions such as "when A, B,” “if A, (then) B,” “B upon A,” “B in response to A,” “B based on A,” “B during/while A,” “B before A,” “B at (the same time as)/on A,” “B after A,” “B since A,” and “B until A” may be interchangeable.
- a and B may be replaced with other appropriate expressions, such as nouns, gerunds, and regular sentences, depending on the context.
- the time difference between A and B may be nearly zero (immediately after or immediately before).
- a time offset may also be applied to the time at which A occurs.
- “A” may be interpreted interchangeably as “before/after the time offset at which A occurs.”
- the time offset (e.g., one or more symbols/slots) may be predefined or may be determined by the UE based on signaled information.
- timing time, duration, time instance, any time unit (e.g., slot, subslot, symbol, subframe), period, occasion, and resource may be interpreted interchangeably.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本開示は、次世代移動通信システムにおける端末、無線通信方法及び基地局に関する。 This disclosure relates to terminals, wireless communication methods, and base stations in next-generation mobile communication systems.
Universal Mobile Telecommunications System(UMTS)ネットワークにおいて、更なる高速データレート、低遅延などを目的としてLong Term Evolution(LTE)が仕様化された(非特許文献1)。また、LTE(Third Generation Partnership Project(3GPP(登録商標)) Release(Rel.)8、9)の更なる大容量、高度化などを目的として、LTE-Advanced(3GPP Rel.10-14)が仕様化された。 Long Term Evolution (LTE) was specified for Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) networks with the aim of achieving even higher data rates and lower latency (Non-Patent Document 1). Furthermore, LTE-Advanced (3GPP Rel. 10-14) was specified with the aim of achieving even greater capacity and sophistication over LTE (Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP (registered trademark)) Release (Rel.) 8 and 9).
LTEの後継システム(例えば、5th generation mobile communication system(5G)、5G+(plus)、6th generation mobile communication system(6G)、New Radio(NR)、3GPP Rel.15以降などともいう)も検討されている。 Successor systems to LTE (e.g., 5th generation mobile communication system (5G), 5G+ (plus), 6th generation mobile communication system (6G), New Radio (NR), 3GPP Rel. 15 or later, etc.) are also being considered.
将来の無線通信システム(例えば、Rel.20以降)において、既存のシステム(例えば、Rel.18まで)における周波数帯より高周波数帯を利用することが検討されている。 In future wireless communication systems (e.g., Rel. 20 and beyond), it is being considered to use higher frequency bands than those used in existing systems (e.g., up to Rel. 18).
しかしながら、当該高周波数帯を利用する場合の規定について検討が十分でない。この検討が十分でない場合、通信スループット向上が抑制されるおそれがある。 However, there has been insufficient consideration given to the regulations regarding the use of these high-frequency bands. If this consideration is insufficient, there is a risk that improvements in communication throughput will be hindered.
そこで、本開示は、適切に信号の受信処理を行うことができる端末、無線通信方法及び基地局を提供することを目的の1つとする。 Therefore, one of the objectives of this disclosure is to provide a terminal, a wireless communication method, and a base station that can properly process signals for reception.
本開示の一態様に係る端末は、端末側の第1のArtificial Intelligence(AI)モデルからの第1の出力情報と、ネットワーク側の第2のAIモデルからの第2の出力情報と、の少なくとも一方に基づいてドップラー推定を行う制御部と、前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行う送受信部と、を有する。 A terminal according to one aspect of the present disclosure has a control unit that performs Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side, and a transceiver unit that transmits and receives signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
本開示の一態様によれば、適切に信号の送信処理/受信処理を行うことができる。 According to one aspect of the present disclosure, signal transmission and reception processing can be performed appropriately.
(セルフリー)
既存の無線通信システム(例えば、5G NR)では、原則1つのアンテナ/送受信ポイント(TRP)によって1つのセルを形成するセルラ方式が採用された。当該セルが形成するエリアは固定的/静的なものである。
(selfie)
Existing wireless communication systems (e.g., 5G NR) have adopted a cellular system in which one cell is formed by one antenna/transmitting/receiving point (TRP), and the area formed by the cell is fixed/static.
また、既存の無線通信システム(例えば、Rel.16以降)では、複数のアンテナ/TRPのカバレッジにより通信エリアを形成する分散Multi Input Multi Output(Distributed MIMO、例えば、複数のTRPを利用するマルチTRP)が導入された。分散MIMOでは、複数のアンテナ/TRPを用いた同時通信、及び、1つのアンテナ/TRPを用いた通信を行うことができる。 Furthermore, existing wireless communication systems (e.g., Rel. 16 and later) have introduced distributed multi-input multi-output (Distributed MIMO, e.g., multi-TRP using multiple TRPs), which forms a communication area using the coverage of multiple antennas/TRPs. Distributed MIMO allows simultaneous communication using multiple antennas/TRPs, as well as communication using a single antenna/TRP.
分散MIMOを採用することにより、より好適な見通し環境を整備することができ、MIMOに関する性能向上を図ることができる。 By adopting distributed MIMO, it is possible to create a more favorable line-of-sight environment and improve MIMO performance.
図1A及び図1Bは、MIMOの概要を示す図である。図1Aには、Co-located MIMOの例が記載される。Co-located MIMOにおいて、1つのUEは、1つのアンテナ/TRPと通信を行う。 Figures 1A and 1B are diagrams showing an overview of MIMO. Figure 1A shows an example of co-located MIMO. In co-located MIMO, one UE communicates with one antenna/TRP.
一方、図1Bには、分散MIMOの例が記載される。分散MIMOにおいて、1つのUEは、連携した複数のアンテナ/TRPと通信を行う。 On the other hand, Figure 1B shows an example of distributed MIMO. In distributed MIMO, one UE communicates with multiple associated antennas/TRPs.
将来の無線通信システム(例えば、Rel.20以降)では、複数のアンテナ/TRPの間の干渉の低減、高周波数の利用に対応した見通し環境の整備、システム全体の周波数利用効率向上、及び、各ユーザに対して均等かつ高い品質の通信の適用、を通した更なる性能の向上と、エネルギー消費の効率化と、を目的として、セルフリー通信の導入が検討されている。 In future wireless communication systems (e.g., Rel. 20 and later), the introduction of cell-free communication is being considered with the aim of further improving performance and streamlining energy consumption through reducing interference between multiple antennas/TRPs, creating a line-of-sight environment for high-frequency use, improving frequency utilization efficiency throughout the system, and applying equal, high-quality communications to each user.
セルフリーは、セルフリーmassive MIMO(mMIMO)、大規模(large-scale)分散MIMO(distributed MIMO、D-MIMO)と呼ばれてもよい。セルフリーは、多数のアクセスポイントのコヒーレント協調を用いる。セルフリーは、超高密度配置(ultra-dense deployment)、スケーラブル協調(cooperation)、ユーザ中心(user-centric)クラスタリング、スーパーキャリアアグリゲーション、アナログフロントホール(fronthaul)、の少なくとも1つを含んでもよい。セルフリーのためのユーザプレーンは、既存のスケジューリングよりも柔軟なスケジューリングを行ってもよい。セルフリーのためのコントロールプレーンは、シグナリングを容易にするためにセルの幾つかの形式を維持してもよい。 Self-Free may also be referred to as cell-free massive MIMO (mMIMO) or large-scale distributed MIMO (D-MIMO). Self-Free uses coherent cooperation of multiple access points. Self-Free may include at least one of ultra-dense deployment, scalable cooperation, user-centric clustering, super-carrier aggregation, and analog fronthaul. The user plane for cell-free may provide more flexible scheduling than existing scheduling. The control plane for cell-free may maintain some form of cell to facilitate signaling.
セルフリーでは、従来のセルラ方式と異なり、複数のアンテナ/TRPで1つのエリア(セル/サブセル等と呼ばれてもよい)が形成されてもよい。すなわち、当該エリアとは、アンテナ/TRPの位置に依存しないセルを意味してもよい。 Unlike conventional cellular systems, in cell-free, multiple antennas/TRPs may form a single area (which may also be called a cell/sub-cell, etc.). In other words, the area may refer to a cell that is independent of the position of the antenna/TRP.
セルフリーでは、UEの需要に応じてエリア形成に用いられるアンテナ/TRPのセットが変更されてもよい。例えば、アンテナ/TRPのカバレッジではない、UE数/トラフィック数/通信用途(例えば、初期アクセス/データ通信/測定/報告等)等に基づいて、当該アンテナ/TRPのセットが変更されてもよい。 In cell-free, the set of antennas/TRPs used to form an area may be changed according to UE demand. For example, the set of antennas/TRPs may be changed based on factors other than the coverage area of the antennas/TRPs, such as the number of UEs, traffic volume, and communication use (e.g., initial access, data communication, measurement, reporting, etc.).
言い換えれば、セルフリーでは、複数のアンテナ/TRPの間のカバレッジは重複(overlap)してもよい。 In other words, in cell-free environments, coverage between multiple antennas/TRPs may overlap.
セルフリーにおいて、各アンテナ/TRPにおいて、同期信号(例えば、同期信号ブロック(SSB)、同期信号/物理報知チャネル(SS/PBCH)ブロック、等と呼ばれてもよい)を送信する方向が制御されてもよい。 In cell-free mode, the direction in which each antenna/TRP transmits a synchronization signal (which may also be called, for example, a synchronization signal block (SSB), a synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel (SS/PBCH) block, etc.) may be controlled.
また、セルフリーにおいて、各アンテナについて、central unit(CU)/distributed unit(DU)が仮想化されてもよい。あるいは、各アンテナについて、CUのみで管理されてもよい。 Furthermore, in cell-free, the central unit (CU)/distributed unit (DU) may be virtualized for each antenna. Alternatively, each antenna may be managed by the CU alone.
図2Aは、セルラシステムの概要を示す図である。図2Aには、各アンテナ/TRPが形成するセルが示され、UEは当該セルに基づき通信を行う。 Figure 2A is a diagram showing an overview of a cellular system. Figure 2A shows the cells formed by each antenna/TRP, and UEs communicate based on these cells.
一方、図2Bは、セルフリーシステムの概要を示す図である。図2Bに示す例では、設置されたアンテナ/TRPは、セルラシステムにおける固定的/静的なセルを形成しない。図2Bに示すように、セルフリーシステムでは、1つ又は複数のアンテナ/TRPが、条件に応じたエリアを形成する。したがって、セルフリーシステムにおいて、各アンテナ/TRPは同じ物理セルIDに対応しなくてもよく、複数のアンテナ/TRPの間のエリアはオーバーラップしてもよい。 On the other hand, Figure 2B is a diagram showing an overview of a cell-free system. In the example shown in Figure 2B, the installed antennas/TRPs do not form fixed/static cells as in a cellular system. As shown in Figure 2B, in a cell-free system, one or more antennas/TRPs form areas according to conditions. Therefore, in a cell-free system, each antenna/TRP does not have to correspond to the same physical cell ID, and the areas between multiple antennas/TRPs may overlap.
セルフリーは、例えば、中央制御ユニット(例えば、CU)によって制御されるアンテナ/TRPのセットが調整されることによって実現されてもよい。 Selfie may be achieved, for example, by adjusting a set of antennas/TRPs controlled by a central control unit (e.g., CU).
セルフリーシステムでは、5G NRシステムにおけるセルのような物理的な範囲が固定的な第1のセル(例えば、セル/スーパーセル/マクロセル/ラージセルなどと呼ばれてもよい)と、条件に基づいて物理的な範囲が準静的/動的に変動する第2のセル(例えば、サブセル/エリア/マイクロセル/セル/スモールセル/第1のセル内の第2のセルなどと呼ばれてもよい)と、が形成されてもよい。 In a cell-free system, a first cell (which may be called, for example, a cell/supercell/macrocell/large cell, etc.) with a fixed physical range like a cell in a 5G NR system, and a second cell (which may be called, for example, a subcell/area/microcell/cell/small cell/second cell within the first cell, etc.) with a quasi-static or dynamic physical range that varies based on conditions may be formed.
例えば、第2のセルと区別するために、第1のセルがスーパーセルと呼ばれてもよい。スーパーセルが複数の第2のセルから構成される場合、第2のセルは、NRにおける既存のセルと同様の定義/動作/カバレッジを有していてもよい。例えば、第1のセルと区別するために、第2のセルがサブセルと呼ばれてもよい。スーパーセル又はセルが複数のサブセルから構成される場合、サブセルは、NRにおける既存のセルと同様の定義/動作/カバレッジを有していてもよい。 For example, a first cell may be called a super cell to distinguish it from a second cell. If the super cell is composed of multiple second cells, the second cells may have the same definition/operation/coverage as existing cells in NR. For example, a second cell may be called a sub cell to distinguish it from a first cell. If a super cell or cell is composed of multiple sub cells, the sub cells may have the same definition/operation/coverage as existing cells in NR.
当該第1のセルは、将来の無線通信システムにおいて新たに定義されるセルであってもよいし、既存の無線通信システムにおけるセルの定義が再利用されてもよい。 The first cell may be a cell that is newly defined in a future wireless communication system, or the definition of a cell in an existing wireless communication system may be reused.
第1のセル及び第2のセルの構成は、以下の想定1及び2が考えられる:
想定1:当該第1のセルが、1つのセルID(物理セルID(PCI))を持つ複数のTRPから構成される。複数のTRPが協調して送受信を行うことができる。
想定2:第1のセルは、異なるセルIDを持つ複数のTRP(又は、サブセル)から構成される。複数のTRP/サブセルが協調して送受信を行うことができる。
The configurations of the first cell and the second cell are considered as follows:
Assumption 1: The first cell is composed of multiple TRPs with one cell ID (physical cell ID (PCI)). The multiple TRPs can transmit and receive in cooperation with each other.
Assumption 2: The first cell consists of multiple TRPs (or sub-cells) with different cell IDs. The multiple TRPs/sub-cells can transmit and receive in a coordinated manner.
図3Aは、セルフリーの構成の想定1の概要の一例を示す図である。図3Aに示す例において、第1のセル(スーパーセル/セル)に含まれる各TRPは、同じPCI(PCI#0)を有する。複数のTRPは、1つのUEに対して協調して通信を行うことができる。 Figure 3A is a diagram showing an example of an overview of cell-free configuration assumption 1. In the example shown in Figure 3A, each TRP included in the first cell (super cell/cell) has the same PCI (PCI #0). Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
図3Bは、セルフリーの構成の想定2の概要の一例を示す図である。図3Bに示す例において、第1のセル(スーパーセル/セル)に含まれる各TRPは、異なるPCI(PCI#0から#9)を有する。複数のTRPは、1つのUEに対して協調して通信を行うことができる。 Figure 3B is a diagram showing an example of an overview of cell-free configuration scenario 2. In the example shown in Figure 3B, each TRP included in the first cell (supercell/cell) has a different PCI (PCI #0 to #9). Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
図3Cは、セルフリーの構成の想定2の概要の他の例を示す図である。図3Cに示す例において、第1のセル(スーパーセル/セル)に含まれる各TRPに対しPCIが割り当てられる。図3Cに示す例では、図3Bの例と異なり、同じ1つのPCIが複数のTRPに対応してもよい。複数のTRPは、1つのUEに対して協調して通信を行うことができる。 Figure 3C is a diagram showing another example of the outline of cell-free configuration assumption 2. In the example shown in Figure 3C, a PCI is assigned to each TRP included in the first cell (supercell/cell). In the example shown in Figure 3C, unlike the example in Figure 3B, the same PCI may correspond to multiple TRPs. Multiple TRPs can communicate cooperatively with one UE.
TRP/サブセルの協調を伴う送信/受信は、NRにおいてサポートされている以下の幾つかの方式の少なくとも1つに基づいてもよい。
・動的なTRP/サブセルのスイッチングを伴う単一のTRP/サブセルの送信(シングルTRP送信)。
・複数のTRP/サブセルを用いるジョイント送信(マルチTRPジョイント送信)。そのジョイント送信は、シングルDCIに基づいてもよいし、マルチDCIに基づいていもよい。そのジョイント送信は、ノンコヒーレントジョイント送信(NCJT)であってもよいし、コヒーレントジョイント送信(CJT)であってもよい。
Transmission/reception with TRP/subcell coordination may be based on at least one of the following schemes supported in NR:
- Single TRP/subcell transmission with dynamic TRP/subcell switching (single-TRP transmission).
Joint transmission using multiple TRPs/subcells (multi-TRP joint transmission), which may be based on a single DCI or multiple DCIs, and may be non-coherent joint transmission (NCJT) or coherent joint transmission (CJT).
セルフリーのために、理想バックホール(backhaul)と緊密な協調とを想定すると、ジョイント送信方式において、CJTがNCJTより優先されてもよく、シングルDCIベースジョイント送信がマルチDCIベースジョイント送信より優先されてもよい。 For cell-free, assuming ideal backhaul and tight coordination, in the joint transmission scheme, CJT may be prioritized over NCJT, and single DCI-based joint transmission may be prioritized over multi-DCI-based joint transmission.
(セルフリーにおける各構成)
以下では、セルフリーにおける構成の一例について説明する。
(Each component of Self-Free)
An example of a self-free configuration will be described below.
本開示において、物理的な範囲が固定的なセル、変更されないセル、第1のセル、スーパーセル、セル、マクロセル、ラージセル等は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as a cell with a fixed physical range, an unchanging cell, a first cell, a super cell, a cell, a macro cell, and a large cell may be used interchangeably.
本開示において、条件に基づいて物理的な範囲が準静的/動的に変動するセル、変更されるセル、第2のセル、セル、エリア、マイクロセル、スモールセル、第1のセル内の第2のセル、等は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, terms such as a cell whose physical range changes quasi-statically/dynamically based on conditions, a changing cell, a second cell, a cell, an area, a microcell, a small cell, a second cell within a first cell, etc. may be interpreted interchangeably.
本開示において、エリア、セル、カバレッジ、範囲、等は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as area, cell, coverage, range, etc. may be interpreted interchangeably.
第1のセルは、1つ以上の第2のセルを含んでもよい。 A first cell may contain one or more second cells.
1つの第2のセルは、複数の第1のセルに含まれてもよい。異なる第1のセルは、1つの第2のセルを共有してもよい。 A single second cell may be included in multiple first cells. Different first cells may share a single second cell.
異なる第1のセルは、重複してもよいし、重複しなくてもよい。 Different first cells may or may not overlap.
UEは、第1のセルに含まれる第2のセルを利用して、信号の送受信を行ってもよい。UEは、当該第2のセルに関する設定を受信し、当該設定に基づいて当該信号の送受信を行ってもよい。 The UE may transmit and receive signals using a second cell included in the first cell. The UE may receive a configuration related to the second cell and transmit and receive signals based on the configuration.
1つの物理セルID(PCI)の構成要素(Component)は、以下の少なくとも1つを含んでもよい:
・PCIごとのTRP数。
・TRPカバレッジレイアウト。
・TRPごとの同期信号(例えば、SSB、SS/PBCHブロック)の数。
A Physical Cell ID (PCI) Component may include at least one of the following:
- Number of TRPs per PCI.
-TRP coverage layout.
Number of synchronization signals (e.g., SSB, SS/PBCH blocks) per TRP.
第1のセルの構成は、PCIの構成要素に関連付けられてもよい。第1のセルは、PCIの構成要素に基づいて構成されてもよい。 The configuration of the first cell may be associated with a PCI component. The first cell may be configured based on the PCI component.
図4は、1つのPCIの構成要素(PCIコンポーネント)のパターンの一例を示す図である。図4に示すように、PCIコンポーネントは、PCIごとのTRP数、TRPカバレッジレイアウト、及び、TRPごとのSSBの数、から構成される。 Figure 4 shows an example of a pattern for the components of one PCI (PCI component). As shown in Figure 4, a PCI component consists of the number of TRPs per PCI, the TRP coverage layout, and the number of SSBs per TRP.
図4に示すように、PCIごとのTRP数は、1つ又は複数の値を取り得、TRPカバレッジレイアウトは、TRPのカバレッジが重複しない重複するかのいずれかを取り得、TRPごとのSSB数は、1つ又は複数の値を取り得る。 As shown in Figure 4, the number of TRPs per PCI can take one or multiple values, the TRP coverage layout can be either non-overlapping or overlapping in TRP coverage, and the number of SSBs per TRP can take one or multiple values.
本開示において、PCIコンポーネントに係るパターンは、図4に示すパターン1からパターン5のいずれかであってもよい。図4に示すパターンの番号は、いずれも一例であり、この例に限られない。また、PCIコンポーネントは、図4に示される要素以外の要素を含んでもよい。 In the present disclosure, the pattern related to the PCI component may be any of patterns 1 to 5 shown in Figure 4. The pattern numbers shown in Figure 4 are all examples and are not limited to these examples. Furthermore, the PCI component may include elements other than those shown in Figure 4.
図5Aは、パターン1に係るセル構成の一例を示す図である。図5Aに示すセル構成では、PCI/セルに含まれるTRP数は1つであり、TRPカバレッジは重複せず、TRPごとのSSB数は複数である。なお、図5Aにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはセル(第1のセル)のカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図5AにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Figure 5A is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 1. In the cell configuration shown in Figure 5A, the number of TRPs included in the PCI/cell is one, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and the number of SSBs per TRP is multiple. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5A, the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5A).
例えば、図5Aに示すようなパターン1に係るセル構成を利用して、セル間(inter-cell)マルチTRP動作を行うことができる。 For example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 1 as shown in Figure 5A.
図5Bは、パターン2に係るセル構成の一例を示す図である。図5Bに示すセル構成では、PCI/セルに含まれるTRP数は複数であり、TRPカバレッジは重複せず、TRPごとのSSB数は1つである。なお、図5Bにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはSSBのカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図5BにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Figure 5B is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 2. In the cell configuration shown in Figure 5B, the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and there is one SSB per TRP. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5B, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5B).
例えば、図5Bに示すようなパターン2に係るセル構成を利用して、セル間マルチTRP動作を行うことができる。 For example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 2 as shown in Figure 5B.
図5Cは、パターン3に係るセル構成の一例を示す図である。図5Cに示すセル構成では、PCI/セルに含まれるTRP数は複数であり、TRPカバレッジは重複せず、TRPごとのSSB数は複数である。 Figure 5C is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 3. In the cell configuration shown in Figure 5C, the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage does not overlap, and each TRP has multiple SSBs.
例えば、図5Cに示すようなパターン3に係るセル構成を利用して、セル間マルチTRP動作を行うことができる。 For example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 3 as shown in Figure 5C.
図5Dは、パターン4に係るセル構成の一例を示す図である。図5Dに示すセル構成では、PCI/セルに含まれるTRP数は複数であり、TRPカバレッジが重複し、TRPごとのSSB数は1つである。なお、図5Dにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはSSBのカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図5DにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Figure 5D is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to pattern 4. In the cell configuration shown in Figure 5D, the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage overlaps, and there is one SSB per TRP. Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 5D, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 5D).
例えば、図5Dに示すようなパターン3に係るセル構成を利用して、セル間/セル内(intra-cell)マルチTRP動作を行うことができる。 For example, inter-cell/intra-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 3 as shown in Figure 5D.
図5Eは、パターン5に係るセル構成の一例を示す図である。図5Eに示すセル構成では、PCI/セルに含まれるTRP数は複数であり、TRPカバレッジが重複し、TRPごとのSSB数は複数である。 Figure 5E is a diagram showing an example of a cell configuration related to Pattern 5. In the cell configuration shown in Figure 5E, the PCI/cell contains multiple TRPs, the TRP coverage overlaps, and there are multiple SSBs per TRP.
例えば、図5Eに示すようなパターン5に係るセル構成を利用して、セル間/セル内マルチTRP動作を行うことができる。 For example, inter-cell/intra-cell multi-TRP operation can be performed using a cell configuration according to pattern 5 as shown in Figure 5E.
また、1つの第2のセル(例えば、エリア)の構成要素は、以下の少なくとも1つを含んでもよい:
・第2のセルごとのCU/DU数。
・第2のセルごとのPCI数。
・第2のセルごとのTRP数。
・第2のセルごとの同期信号(例えば、SSB、SS/PBCHブロック)の数。
Additionally, the components of one second cell (e.g., area) may include at least one of the following:
Number of CU/DU per second cell.
PCI number per second cell.
- Number of TRPs per second cell.
Number of synchronization signals (e.g. SSB, SS/PBCH blocks) per second cell.
第2のセルの構成は、第2のセルの構成要素に関連付けられてもよい。第2のセルは、第2のセルの構成要素に基づいて構成されてもよい。 The configuration of the second cell may be associated with the components of the second cell. The second cell may be configured based on the components of the second cell.
図6は、1つのエリアの構成要素(エリアコンポーネント)のパターンの一例を示す図である。図6に示すように、エリアコンポーネントは、エリアごとのCU/DU数、エリアごとのPCI数、エリアごとのTRP数、及び、エリアごとの同期信号の数、から構成される。 Figure 6 shows an example of a pattern of the elements (area components) of one area. As shown in Figure 6, the area components are composed of the number of CU/DUs per area, the number of PCIs per area, the number of TRPs per area, and the number of synchronization signals per area.
図6に示すように、第2のセルごとのCU/DU数、第2のセルごとのPCI数、第2のセルごとのTRP数、及び、第2のセルごとの同期信号の数は、それぞれ1つ又は複数の値を取り得る。 As shown in Figure 6, the number of CU/DUs per second cell, the number of PCIs per second cell, the number of TRPs per second cell, and the number of synchronization signals per second cell can each take one or more values.
本開示において、エリアコンポーネントに係るパターンは、図6に示すパターンAからパターンEのいずれかであってもよい。図6に示すパターンの記号は、いずれも一例であり、この例に限られない。また、エリアコンポーネントは、図6に示される要素以外の要素を含んでもよい。 In the present disclosure, the pattern associated with the area component may be any of patterns A to E shown in FIG. 6. The pattern symbols shown in FIG. 6 are all examples and are not limited to these examples. In addition, the area component may include elements other than those shown in FIG. 6.
例えば、上記パターンA、D及びEに係る第2のセルは、任意の第1のセル(セル構成)において構成可能であってもよい。 For example, the second cells relating to the above patterns A, D, and E may be configurable in any first cell (cell configuration).
以下では、異なるセルが重複する場合と重複しない場合との第1のセル/第2のセルに関する構成について説明する。以下に記載される第1のセル/第2のセルに関する構成の少なくとも1つが規定/設定されてもよい。 Below, configurations related to the first cell/second cell will be described for cases where different cells overlap and cases where they do not. At least one of the configurations related to the first cell/second cell described below may be defined/set.
<<パターン1に係る第1のセル/第2のセルの構成>>
<<<オプション1.1>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複しなくてもよい。
<<Configuration of First Cell/Second Cell According to Pattern 1>>
<<<Option 1.1>>>
The different first cells may not (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、B、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, B, D, and E above.
図7Aは、オプション1.1に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図7Aに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)は重複しない。 Figure 7A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 1.1. In the example shown in Figure 7A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
図7Aに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンBに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 7A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図7Aにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはセル(第1のセル)のカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図7AにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 7A, the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the coverage of the TRP is not shown in Figure 7A).
本オプションの構成では、各第2のセルにおいて、シングルTRP動作のみが動作可能であってもよい。 In this optional configuration, only single-TRP operation may be possible in each second cell.
本オプションの構成によれば、より好適なネットワークにおける電力削減(network energy saving(NES))を行うことができる。 This optional configuration allows for more optimal network energy saving (NES).
<<<オプション1.2>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複してもよい。
<<<Option 1.2>>>
The different first cells may (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、B、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, B, D, and E above.
図7Bは、オプション1.2に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図7Bに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)が重複する。 Figure 7B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to option 1.2. In the example shown in Figure 7B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
図7Bに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンBに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 7B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図7Bにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはセル(第1のセル)のカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図7BにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 7B, the coverage of the TRP may match the coverage of the cell (first cell) (therefore, the coverage of the TRP is not shown in Figure 7B).
本オプションの構成において、例えば、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセルではセル間マルチTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。 In this optional configuration, for example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、オーバーラップするセル内におけるカバレッジを大きくすることで、通信の品質の均一性を高めることができる。 This optional configuration can, for example, increase the coverage within overlapping cells, thereby improving the uniformity of communication quality.
また、本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、オーバーラップするセル内におけるカバレッジを小さくすることで、周波数利用効率を高めることができる。 Furthermore, with this optional configuration, it is possible to improve frequency utilization efficiency, for example, by reducing the coverage area within overlapping cells.
また、本オプションの構成において、既存のNR仕様のアンテナ/TRPを再利用することで、既存のNRで展開したカバレッジに重ねるようにアンテナ/TRP装置を変更することで運用することができ、置局コストを削減することができる。 Furthermore, with this optional configuration, by reusing existing NR-specification antennas/TRPs, operation can be achieved by modifying the antenna/TRP equipment so that it overlaps with the coverage deployed by existing NR, thereby reducing station installation costs.
<<パターン2/パターン4に係る第1のセル/第2のセルの構成>>
<<<オプション2/4.1>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複しなくてもよい。
<<Configuration of First Cell/Second Cell According to Pattern 2/Pattern 4>>
<<<Option 2/4.1>>>
The different first cells may not (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、C、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, C, D, and E above.
図8Aは、オプション2/4.1に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図8Aに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)は重複しない。 Figure 8A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 2/4.1. In the example shown in Figure 8A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
図8Aに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンCに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 8A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図8Aにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはSSBのカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図8AにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 8A, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 8A).
また、本オプションの構成では、各第2のセルにおいて、シングルTRP動作のみが動作可能であってもよい。 Furthermore, in this optional configuration, only single-TRP operation may be possible in each second cell.
本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、第1のセルあたりのTRP数を増やすことによって、通信の品質の均一性及び周波数利用効率を高めることができる。 With this optional configuration, for example, by increasing the number of TRPs per first cell, it is possible to improve the uniformity of communication quality and frequency utilization efficiency.
<<<オプション2/4.2>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複してもよい。
<<<Option 2/4.2>>>
The different first cells may (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、C、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of patterns A, C, D, and E above.
図8Bは、オプション2/4.2に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図8Bに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)が重複する。 Figure 8B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 2/4.2. In the example shown in Figure 8B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
図8Bに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンCに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 8B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図8Bにおけるセル構成では、TRPのカバレッジはSSBのカバレッジに一致してもよい(そのため、図8BにおいてTRPのカバレッジは図示されていない)。 Note that in the cell configuration in Figure 8B, the TRP coverage may match the SSB coverage (therefore, the TRP coverage is not shown in Figure 8B).
本オプションの構成において、例えば、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセルではセル間マルチTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。 In this optional configuration, for example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、オーバーラップするセル内におけるカバレッジを大きくすることで、通信の品質の均一性を高めることができる。 This optional configuration can, for example, increase the coverage within overlapping cells, thereby improving the uniformity of communication quality.
また、本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、オーバーラップするセル内におけるカバレッジを小さくすることで、周波数利用効率を高めることができる。 Furthermore, with this optional configuration, it is possible to improve frequency utilization efficiency, for example, by reducing the coverage area within overlapping cells.
また、本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、第1のセルあたりのTRP数を増やすことによって、通信の品質の均一性及び周波数利用効率を高めることができる。 Furthermore, with this optional configuration, it is possible to improve the uniformity of communication quality and frequency utilization efficiency, for example, by increasing the number of TRPs per first cell.
<<パターン3/パターン5に係る第1のセル/第2のセルの構成>>
<<<オプション3/5.1>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複しなくてもよい。
<<Configuration of First Cell/Second Cell According to Pattern 3/Pattern 5>>
<<<Option 3/5.1>>>
The different first cells may not (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、B、C、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of the above patterns A, B, C, D, and E.
図9Aは、オプション3/5.1に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図9Aに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)は重複しない。 Figure 9A is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to Option 3/5.1. In the example shown in Figure 9A, two different cells (first cells) do not overlap.
図9Aに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンBに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンCに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 9A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図9Aに示されるパターンBに係る第2のセルは、アンテナ/TRP#0のカバレッジのみに含まれる例が示されている。また、図11Aに示されるパターンCに係る第2のセルは、アンテナ/TRP#1のカバレッジとアンテナ/TRP#2のカバレッジとの重複部分に該当する例が示されている。 Note that the second cell according to pattern B shown in Figure 9A is an example that is included only in the coverage of antenna/TRP#0. Furthermore, the second cell according to pattern C shown in Figure 11A is an example that corresponds to the overlapping area between the coverage of antenna/TRP#1 and the coverage of antenna/TRP#2.
本オプションの構成では、各第2のセルにおいて、シングルTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。 In this optional configuration, single TRP operation may be possible in each second cell.
また、本オプションの構成では、複数のTRPのカバレッジがオーバーラップする第2のセルにおいて、セル内マルチTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。このように構成することで、周波数利用効率を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, in this optional configuration, intra-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in a second cell where the coverage of multiple TRPs overlaps. This configuration can improve frequency utilization efficiency.
また、本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、第1のセルあたりのTRP数を増やすことによって、通信の品質の均一性及び周波数利用効率を高めることができる。 Furthermore, with this optional configuration, it is possible to improve the uniformity of communication quality and frequency utilization efficiency, for example, by increasing the number of TRPs per first cell.
<<<オプション3/5.2>>>
異なる第1のセルは、(物理的に)重複してもよい。
<<<Option 3/5.2>>>
The different first cells may (physically) overlap.
本オプションでは、上記パターンA、B、C、D及びEの少なくとも1つに係る第2のセルが構成されてもよい。 In this option, a second cell may be configured according to at least one of the above patterns A, B, C, D, and E.
図9Bは、オプション3/5.2に係る第1/第2のセルの構成の一例を示す図である。図9Bに示す例において、異なる2つのセル(第1のセル)が重複する。 Figure 9B is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of the first and second cells related to option 3/5.2. In the example shown in Figure 9B, two different cells (first cells) overlap.
図9Bに示す例において、パターンAに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンBに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、パターンCに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)、及び、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセル(第2のセルのカバレッジ)が示される。 In the example shown in Figure 9B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern A, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern B, the second cell (second cell coverage) related to pattern C, and the second cell (second cell coverage) related to patterns D/E are shown.
なお、図9Bに示されるパターンBに係る第2のセルは、アンテナ/TRP#0のカバレッジのみに含まれる例が示されている。また、図9Bに示されるパターンCに係る第2のセルは、アンテナ/TRP#1のカバレッジとアンテナ/TRP#2のカバレッジとの重複部分に該当する例が示されている。 Note that the second cell according to pattern B shown in Figure 9B is an example that is included only in the coverage of antenna/TRP#0. Also, the second cell according to pattern C shown in Figure 9B is an example that corresponds to the overlapping area between the coverage of antenna/TRP#1 and the coverage of antenna/TRP#2.
本オプションの構成において、例えば、パターンD/Eに係る第2のセルではセル間マルチTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。 In this optional configuration, for example, inter-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible in the second cell related to pattern D/E.
また、本オプションの構成では、パターン5のセル構成の場合、セル内マルチTRP動作が動作可能であってもよい。このように構成することで、周波数利用効率を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, in this optional configuration, in the case of a cell configuration of Pattern 5, intra-cell multi-TRP operation may be possible. By configuring in this way, it is possible to improve frequency utilization efficiency.
本オプションの構成によれば、例えば、上記オプション1.2と比較して通信品質の均一性及び周波数利用効率を高めることができ、上記オプション2/4.2と比較して置局コストを抑えることができる。 The configuration of this option can improve the uniformity of communication quality and frequency utilization efficiency compared to the above-mentioned options 1.2, and can reduce station placement costs compared to the above-mentioned options 2/4.2.
<<第2のセルの柔軟性>>
第2のセルは、特定の条件/契機に基づいて構成/再構成されてもよい。第2のセルの定義の一例については、下記にて詳述する。
<<Flexibility of the second cell>>
The second cell may be configured/reconfigured based on a specific condition/trigger, and an example of the definition of the second cell is described in detail below.
第2のセルの構成は、特定の条件/契機に基づいて変更/更新されてもよい。 The configuration of the second cell may be changed/updated based on specific conditions/triggers.
当該特定の条件/契機は、例えば、UEの分布に関する条件/契機、トラフィックに関する条件/契機、特定のイベントに関する条件/契機、及び、特定の情報(例えば、時刻に関する情報、UE/TRPに関する位置情報、及び、時期に関する情報の少なくとも1つ)に基づく条件/契機、の少なくとも1つであってもよい。 The specific condition/trigger may be, for example, at least one of a condition/trigger related to UE distribution, a condition/trigger related to traffic, a condition/trigger related to a specific event, and a condition/trigger based on specific information (for example, at least one of information related to time, location information related to UE/TRP, and information related to the season).
例えば、UEの分布に関する条件/契機は、第1のセル/第2のセル内のUEの分布/数に基づく条件/契機であってもよい。 For example, the conditions/triggers related to the distribution of UEs may be conditions/triggers based on the distribution/number of UEs in the first cell/second cell.
例えば、トラフィックに関する条件/契機は、第1のセル/第2のセル内のトラフィック量/通信量、TRPに対するトラフィック量/通信量、及び、SSBに対するトラフィック量/通信量の少なくとも1つに基づく条件/契機であってもよい。 For example, the traffic-related conditions/triggers may be conditions/triggers based on at least one of the traffic volume/communication volume within the first cell/second cell, the traffic volume/communication volume for TRP, and the traffic volume/communication volume for SSB.
例えば、特定のイベントに関する条件/契機に関する特定のイベントは、仕様で予め規定されてもよいし、NWの実装に依存してもよい。 For example, specific events related to the conditions/triggers for a specific event may be predefined in the specifications, or may depend on the network implementation.
例えば、特定の情報に基づく条件/契機は、時刻に関する情報、特定のタイマに関する情報、UE/TRPに関する位置情報、及び、時期(例えば、日時/曜日/気候等)に関する情報の少なくとも1つに基づく条件/契機であってもよい。 For example, the condition/trigger based on specific information may be a condition/trigger based on at least one of information related to time, information related to a specific timer, location information related to the UE/TRP, and information related to the time of year (e.g., date, time, day of the week, weather, etc.).
第2のセルは、当該特定の条件/契機に基づいて、又は、当該特定の条件に関係なく、静的に構成されてもよい。 The second cell may be configured based on the specific condition/trigger, or statically, regardless of the specific condition.
第2のセルは、当該特定の条件/契機に基づいて、動的/準静的に構成されてもよい。このように構成することで、NWにおける消費電力の削減を図ることができ、UEの需要に合わせた通信品質を提供することができる。 The second cell may be configured dynamically or semi-statically based on the specific conditions or triggers. By configuring it in this way, it is possible to reduce power consumption in the network and provide communication quality that meets the needs of the UE.
第2のセルの変更/更新に係る制限が規定されてもよい。NWは、特定のケースにおいて、第2のセルの変更/更新を行わないと判断してもよい。 Restrictions on changing/updating the second cell may be specified. The network may decide not to change/update the second cell in certain cases.
図10は、第2のセルの構成の変更の一例を示す図である。図10に示す例では、UEの分布及び時刻の変化(時刻#1から時刻#2)に応じて第2のセル(エリア)の範囲が変更されるケースが示される。 Figure 10 is a diagram showing an example of a change in the configuration of a second cell. The example shown in Figure 10 shows a case in which the range of the second cell (area) changes depending on the distribution of UEs and changes in time (from time #1 to time #2).
<<第2のセルの定義>>
以下では第2のセルの構成/定義の一例について説明する。
<<Definition of the second cell>>
An example of the configuration/definition of the second cell will be described below.
第2のセルの構成/定義について、下記オプション0.1及び0.2の少なくとも一方が、上述の第2のセルに係る説明と、適宜矛盾なく組み合わされてもよい。 Regarding the configuration/definition of the second cell, at least one of options 0.1 and 0.2 below may be appropriately and consistently combined with the above description of the second cell.
<<<オプション0.1>>>
第2のセルは、1つのセル(第1のセル)/PCIによって構成されてもよい。
<<<Option 0.1>>>
The second cell may be constituted by one cell (first cell)/PCI.
例えば、第2のセルは、(既存のNRと同様に)PCIによって識別されてもよい。例えば、第2のセルは、既存のNRと同様のPCIで構成されてもよい。 For example, the second cell may be identified by a PCI (similar to the existing NR). For example, the second cell may be configured with a PCI similar to the existing NR.
当該PCIは、例えば、既存のNRにおいて規定されたPCIと同様に規定されてもよい。 The PCI may be defined, for example, in the same way as the PCI defined in the existing NR.
本オプションは、上述の想定1に対応してもよい。 This option may address scenario 1 above.
[[オプション0.1.1]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの1つのTRPによって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、1つのTRPと対応してもよい。
[[Option 0.1.1]]
A second cell may be configured with one TRP for one cell, in other words, one second cell may correspond to one TRP.
[[[オプション0.1.1.1]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの1つの同期信号(例えば、SSB、及び、SS/PBCHブロックの少なくとも一方)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、1つの同期信号に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1、1.2、2/4.1、2/4.2、3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンAに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.1.1]]]
The second cell may be configured with one synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) for one cell. In other words, one second cell may correspond to one synchronization signal. Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern A in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
[[[オプション0.1.1.2]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数の同期信号(例えば、1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号(1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1、1.2、3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンBに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.1.2]]]
The second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) for one cell. In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal for one cell). Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2 above.
[[[オプション0.1.1.3]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数の同期信号(例えば、1つのセル向けの全ての同期信号)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号(1つのセル向けの全ての同期信号)に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1及び1.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンBに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.1.3]]]
The second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals for one cell (e.g., all synchronization signals for one cell). In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (all synchronization signals for one cell). Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above.
[[オプション0.1.2]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数のTRP(例えば、1つのセル向けのTRPの一部)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数のTRP(1つのセル向けのTRPの一部)と対応してもよい。
[[Option 0.1.2]]
A second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs for one cell (e.g., a portion of a TRP for one cell). In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs (a portion of a TRP for one cell).
[[[オプション0.1.2.1]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数の同期信号(例えば、1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号(1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション2/4.1、2/4.2、3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンCに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.2.1]]]
The second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) for one cell. In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal for one cell). Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
[[オプション0.1.3]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数のTRP(例えば、1つのセル向けの全てのTRP)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数のTRP(1つのセル向けの全てのTRP)と対応してもよい。
[[Option 0.1.3]]
A second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs for one cell (e.g., all TRPs for one cell). In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs (all TRPs for one cell).
[[[オプション0.1.3.1]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの1つの同期信号(例えば、SSB、及び、SS/PBCHブロックの少なくとも一方)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、1つの同期信号に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1及び1.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンAに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.3.1]]]
The second cell may be configured with one synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) for one cell. In other words, one second cell may correspond to one synchronization signal. Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern A in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above.
[[[オプション0.1.3.2]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数の同期信号(例えば、1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号(1つのセル向けの同期信号の一部)に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1及び1.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンBに係る第2のセル、及び、上記オプション3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンCに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.3.2]]]
The second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals (e.g., portions of the synchronization signal) intended for one cell. In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (portions of the synchronization signal intended for one cell). Such a configuration applies, for example, to the second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above, and to the second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 3/5.1 and 3/5.2 above.
[[[オプション0.1.3.3]]]
第2のセルは、1つのセル向けの複数の同期信号(例えば、1つのセル向けの全ての同期信号)によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号(1つのセル向けの全ての同期信号)に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1及び1.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンBに係る第2のセル、及び、上記オプション2/4.1、2/4.2、3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンCに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.1.3.3]]]
A second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals for one cell (e.g., all synchronization signals for one cell). In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals (all synchronization signals for one cell). Such a configuration applies, for example, to a second cell according to Pattern B in at least one of Options 1.1 and 1.2 above, and to a second cell according to Pattern C in at least one of Options 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2 above.
<<<オプション0.2>>>
第2のセルは、複数のセル(第1のセル)/PCIによって構成されてもよい。
<<<Option 0.2>>>
The second cell may be composed of multiple cells (first cells)/PCIs.
当該PCIは、例えば、既存のNRにおいて規定されたPCIと同様に規定されてもよい。 The PCI may be defined, for example, in the same way as the PCI defined in the existing NR.
本オプションは、上述の想定2に対応してもよい。 This option may address scenario 2 above.
[[オプション0.2.1]]
第2のセルは、複数のTRPによって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数のTRPと対応してもよい。
[[Option 0.2.1]]
The second cell may be configured by multiple TRPs, in other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple TRPs.
当該TRPは、例えば、既存のNRにおいて規定されたTRPと同様に規定されてもよい。 The TRP may be defined, for example, in the same way as the TRP defined in an existing NR.
[[[オプション0.2.1.1]]]
第2のセルは、複数の同期信号によって構成されてもよい。言い換えれば、1つの第2のセルは、複数の同期信号に対応してもよい。このような構成は、例えば、上記オプション1.1、1.2、2/4.1、2/4.2、3/5.1及び3/5.2の少なくとも1つにおけるパターンD/Eに係る第2のセルに該当する。
[[[Option 0.2.1.1]]]
The second cell may be configured with multiple synchronization signals. In other words, one second cell may correspond to multiple synchronization signals. Such a configuration corresponds, for example, to the second cell of Pattern D/E in at least one of Options 1.1, 1.2, 2/4.1, 2/4.2, 3/5.1, and 3/5.2.
上記各オプションは、上述の条件/契機(例えば、時刻/UE数/トラフィック等に基づく条件/契機)に基づいて選択/決定されてもよい。 Each of the above options may be selected/determined based on the above-mentioned conditions/triggers (e.g., conditions/triggers based on time, number of UEs, traffic, etc.).
上記各オプションの変更/更新は、UEに対し、システム情報(例えば、SIB/MIB)、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRCパラメータ/MAC CE)、及び、DCIの少なくとも1つに基づいて、設定/指示/通知されてもよい。 Changes/updates to each of the above options may be set/instructed/notified to the UE based on at least one of system information (e.g., SIB/MIB), higher layer signaling (RRC parameters/MAC CE), and DCI.
上記各オプションの変更/更新は、上述の条件/契機(例えば、タイマ/イベント)に基づいて行われてもよいし、NW/UEの実装に基づいて行われてもよい。 The above options may be changed/updated based on the above conditions/triggers (e.g., timers/events) or based on the implementation of the NW/UE.
第2のセルは、特定のIDによって識別されてもよい。 The second cell may be identified by a specific ID.
当該特定のIDは固定の値を有してもよい。 The specific ID may have a fixed value.
また、当該特定のIDは、仮想的なIDであってもよい。言い換えれば、当該特定のIDは、動的に変更され得るIDであり、当該IDの変更に伴い第2のセルの構成/範囲/位置が動的に変更されてもよい。 Furthermore, the specific ID may be a virtual ID. In other words, the specific ID is an ID that can be changed dynamically, and the configuration/scope/position of the second cell may be changed dynamically in conjunction with the change in the ID.
複数の第2のセルに共通の(common)/固有の(dedicated)の設定/パラメータが、UEに対して通知されてもよい。当該設定/パラメータは、例えば、上位レイヤ(RRC)パラメータを用いて通知されてもよい。 Common/dedicated settings/parameters for multiple second cells may be notified to the UE. These settings/parameters may be notified, for example, using higher layer (RRC) parameters.
当該設定/パラメータは、例えば、PCI/TRP/SSBに関連する設定/パラメータであってもよい。 These settings/parameters may be, for example, settings/parameters related to PCI/TRP/SSB.
第2のセルは、特定の目的(purpose)/特性(property)に対して使用されてもよい。言い換えれば、第2のセルは、特定の目的/特性を用いて規定/構成/識別されてもよい。 The second cell may be used for a particular purpose/property. In other words, the second cell may be defined/configured/identified with a particular purpose/property.
当該特定の目的は、例えば、制御プレーン、ユーザプレーン、ページング、メジャメント、報告、メジャメント報告、ビーム指示/有効化、特定のチャネル/信号(例えば、PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS/PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS)の送受信、初期アクセス、オンデマンド信号、及び、ハンドオーバ用トリガ信号、の少なくとも1つであってもよい。 The specific purpose may be, for example, at least one of the following: control plane, user plane, paging, measurement, reporting, measurement reporting, beam instruction/activation, transmission/reception of specific channels/signals (e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS/PDCCH/PDSCH/CSI-RS), initial access, on-demand signals, and handover trigger signals.
当該特定の特性は、例えば、ドップラーシフト、ドップラースプレッド、平均遅延、平均スプレッド、バンド/コンポーネントキャリア、サブキャリア間隔、TCI状態、空間関係、QCLタイプ、タイミングアドバンス値、下りリンク送信タイミング、及び、RNTI、の少なくとも1つであってもよい。 The specific characteristic may be, for example, at least one of Doppler shift, Doppler spread, mean delay, mean spread, band/component carrier, subcarrier spacing, TCI state, spatial relationship, QCL type, timing advance value, downlink transmission timing, and RNTI.
1つの第2のセルにおけるPCI/TRP/SSBの数(例えば、最大数)が、仕様で予め規定されてもよいし、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRC/MAC CE)/DCIを用いてUEに設定/指示/通知されてもよいし、UE能力情報の報告に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの少なくとも2つを組み合わせて決定されてもよい。 The number (e.g., maximum number) of PCI/TRP/SSB in one second cell may be predefined in a specification, may be configured/instructed/notified to the UE using higher layer signaling (RRC/MAC CE)/DCI, may be determined based on a report of UE capability information, or may be determined by a combination of at least two of these.
第2のセルは、(物理的/空間的に)連続して配置されてもよい。また、第2のセルは、互いに(物理的/空間的に)不連続に配置されてもよい。 The second cells may be arranged contiguously (physically/spatially). Alternatively, the second cells may be arranged discontinuously (physically/spatially) from one another.
<<第2のセル間における共有>>
<<<オプション0.3.1>>>
複数の第2のセル間において、同期信号(例えば、SSB、及び、SS/PBCHブロックの少なくとも一方)が共有されてもよい。UEは、異なる複数の第2のセルにおいて、同じ(共有される/共通の)同期信号を受信可能であると想定してもよい。
<<Sharing Between Second Cells>>
<<<Option 0.3.1>>>
A synchronization signal (e.g., SSB and/or SS/PBCH block) may be shared among multiple second cells, and the UE may assume that it can receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different multiple second cells.
この場合、同期信号内に含まれる情報は、第2のセル固有の情報として設定可能であってもよい。 In this case, the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell.
オプション0.3.1では、複数の第2のセル間において、TRP/PCIが共有されてもよい。 In option 0.3.1, the TRP/PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
オプション0.3.1では、複数の第2のセル間において、同じ同期信号に関するID(例えば、SSB ID/SSBインデックス/候補SSBインデックス)、同じTRPに関するID(例えば、TRPを識別するためのID、TRP ID、及び、CORESETプールインデックスの少なくとも1つ)、及び、同じPCI、の少なくとも1つが使用されてもよい。 In Option 0.3.1, at least one of the following may be used between multiple second cells: an ID for the same synchronization signal (e.g., SSB ID/SSB index/candidate SSB index), an ID for the same TRP (e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying a TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index), and the same PCI.
図11Aは、オプション0.3.1に係るエリアの一例を示す図である。図11Aには、TRP#0-TRP#3を含む1つのセルが示される。図11Aに示す例において、TRP#0のカバレッジ内に、エリア#1及びエリア#2が形成される。エリア#1及びエリア#2が重複するエリアは、同じSSBカバレッジを有する。つまり、当該重複するエリアにおいて、エリア#1及びエリア#2は、同じSSB/TRP/PCIを共有することができる。 Figure 11A is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.1. Figure 11A shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3. In the example shown in Figure 11A, Area#1 and Area#2 are formed within the coverage of TRP#0. Area#1 and Area#2 overlap in the overlapping area, and have the same SSB coverage. In other words, in this overlapping area, Area#1 and Area#2 can share the same SSB/TRP/PCI.
オプション0.3.1のような構成を可能とすることで、最も柔軟な第2のセルの構成が可能となる。 Allowing configurations like option 0.3.1 allows for the most flexible configuration of the second cell.
<<<オプション0.3.2>>>
複数の第2のセル間において、同期信号が共有されなくてもよい。UEは、異なる複数の第2のセルにおいて、同じ(共有される/共通の)同期信号を受信しないと想定してもよい。
<<<Option 0.3.2>>>
The synchronization signal may not be shared among the second cells, and the UE may assume that it does not receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different second cells.
この場合、同期信号内に含まれる情報は、第2のセル固有の情報として設定可能であってもよい。また、この場合、同期信号に関するインデックスを用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。 In this case, the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell. Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal.
オプション0.3.2では、複数の第2のセル間において、TRP/PCIが共有されてもよい。 In option 0.3.2, the TRP/PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
オプション0.3.2では、複数の第2のセル間において、同じTRPに関するID(例えば、TRPを識別するためのID、TRP ID、及び、CORESETプールインデックスの少なくとも1つ)、及び、同じPCI、の少なくとも1つが使用されてもよい。 In option 0.3.2, at least one of the following may be used between multiple second cells: an ID for the same TRP (e.g., at least one of an ID for identifying the TRP, a TRP ID, and a CORESET pool index) and the same PCI.
図11Bは、オプション0.3.2に係るエリアの一例を示す図である。図11Bには、TRP#0-TRP#3を含む1つのセルが示される。図11Bに示す例において、TRP#1のカバレッジ内に、エリア#1及びエリア#2が形成される。エリア#1及びエリア#2は互いに重複しないため、エリア#1及びエリア#2は異なるSSBカバレッジを有する。したがって、エリア#1又はエリア#2に含まれるエリアは、同じSSBを共有せず、同じTRP/PCIを共有することができる。 Figure 11B is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.2. Figure 11B shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3. In the example shown in Figure 11B, Area#1 and Area#2 are formed within the coverage of TRP#1. Because Area#1 and Area#2 do not overlap with each other, Area#1 and Area#2 have different SSB coverage. Therefore, areas included in Area#1 or Area#2 do not share the same SSB, but can share the same TRP/PCI.
オプション0.3.2のような構成において、第1のセル内の第2のセルの最大数は、同期信号(SSB/SSBカバレッジ)数であってもよい。また、第2のセルが複数のSSBカバレッジを跨ぐ場合には、第1のセル内の第2のセルの最大数は、跨るSSB(SSBグループ)数であってもよい。 In a configuration such as Option 0.3.2, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of synchronization signals (SSB/SSB coverage). Also, if the second cell spans multiple SSB coverage areas, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of spanning SSBs (SSB groups).
<<<オプション0.3.3>>>
複数の第2のセル間において、同期信号及びTRPが共有されなくてもよい。UEは、異なる複数の第2のセルにおいて、同じTRPに対する信号の送受信と、同じ(共有される/共通の)同期信号の受信と、を行わないと想定してもよい。
<<<Option 0.3.3>>>
The synchronization signal and the TRP may not be shared among the second cells. The UE may assume that it does not transmit and receive signals for the same TRP and does not receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal in different second cells.
この場合、同期信号内に含まれる情報は、第2のセル固有の情報として設定可能であってもよい。また、この場合、同期信号に関するインデックスを用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。まらた、この場合、TRPに関するID(TRPを識別するためのID)を用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。 In this case, the information contained in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell. Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal. Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using an ID related to the TRP (an ID for identifying the TRP).
オプション0.3.3では、複数の第2のセル間において、PCIが共有されてもよい。 In option 0.3.3, PCI may be shared among multiple second cells.
オプション0.3.3では、複数の第2のセル間において、同じPCIが使用されてもよい。 In option 0.3.3, the same PCI may be used between multiple second cells.
図11Cは、オプション0.3.3に係るエリアの一例を示す図である。図11Cには、TRP#0-TRP#3を含む1つのセルが示される。図11Cに示す例において、TRP#2のカバレッジ内にエリア#1が、TRP#3のカバレッジ内にエリア#2が、それぞれ形成される。エリア#1及びエリア#2は互いに重複しないため、エリア#1及びエリア#2は異なるSSBカバレッジを有する。したがって、エリア#1又はエリア#2に含まれるエリアは、同じSSBを共有せず、同じTRPを共有せず、同じPCIを共有することができる。 Figure 11C is a diagram showing an example of an area related to Option 0.3.3. Figure 11C shows one cell including TRP#0-TRP#3. In the example shown in Figure 11C, Area#1 is formed within the coverage of TRP#2, and Area#2 is formed within the coverage of TRP#3. Because Area#1 and Area#2 do not overlap with each other, Area#1 and Area#2 have different SSB coverage. Therefore, areas included in Area#1 or Area#2 do not share the same SSB, do not share the same TRP, and can share the same PCI.
オプション0.3.3のような構成において、第1のセル内の第2のセルの最大数は、TRP数であってもよい。また、第2のセルが複数のTRPを跨ぐ場合には、第1のセル内の第2のセルの最大数は、跨るTRP(TRPグループ)数であってもよい。 In a configuration such as option 0.3.3, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of TRPs. Also, if a second cell spans multiple TRPs, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be the number of spanned TRPs (TRP groups).
<<<オプション0.3.4>>>
複数の第2のセル間において、同期信号、TRP及びPCIが共有されなくてもよい。UEは、異なる複数の第2のセルにおいて、同じセル(第1のセル/PCI)に対する信号の送受信と、同じTRPに対する信号の送受信と、同じ(共有される/共通の)同期信号の受信と、を行わないと想定してもよい。
<<<Option 0.3.4>>>
The synchronization signal, TRP, and PCI may not be shared among the second cells. It may be assumed that the UE does not transmit/receive signals to/from the same cell (first cell/PCI), the same TRP, or receive the same (shared/common) synchronization signal among different second cells.
この場合、同期信号内に含まれる情報は、第2のセル固有の情報として設定可能であってもよい。また、この場合、同期信号に関するインデックスを用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。また、この場合、TRPに関するID(TRPを識別するためのID)を用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。また、この場合、PCIを用いて第2のセルが識別されてもよい。 In this case, the information included in the synchronization signal may be set as information specific to the second cell. Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using an index related to the synchronization signal. Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using an ID related to the TRP (an ID for identifying the TRP). Also, in this case, the second cell may be identified using a PCI.
オプション0.3.4のような構成において、第1のセル内の第2のセルの最大数は、1つであってもよい。また、第2のセルが複数の第1のセルを跨ぐ場合には、全体の第2のセルの最大数は、跨る第1のセル/PCI(PCIグループ)数であってもよい。 In a configuration such as option 0.3.4, the maximum number of second cells within a first cell may be one. Also, if a second cell spans multiple first cells, the total maximum number of second cells may be the number of spanned first cells/PCIs (PCI groups).
上記各オプションは、上述の条件/契機(例えば、時刻/UE数/トラフィック等に基づく条件/契機)に基づいて選択/決定されてもよい。 Each of the above options may be selected/determined based on the above-mentioned conditions/triggers (e.g., conditions/triggers based on time, number of UEs, traffic, etc.).
上記各オプションの変更/更新は、UEに対し、システム情報(例えば、SIB/MIB)、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRCパラメータ/MAC CE)、及び、DCIの少なくとも1つに基づいて、設定/指示/通知されてもよい。 Changes/updates to each of the above options may be set/instructed/notified to the UE based on at least one of system information (e.g., SIB/MIB), higher layer signaling (RRC parameters/MAC CE), and DCI.
上記各オプションの変更/更新は、上述の条件/契機(例えば、タイマ/イベント)に基づいて行われてもよいし、NW/UEの実装に基づいて行われてもよい。 The above options may be changed/updated based on the above conditions/triggers (e.g., timers/events) or based on the implementation of the NW/UE.
上記各オプションにおけるID(例えば、同期信号に関するID、TRPに関するID、及び、PCIの少なくとも1つ)は、グローバルな(例えば、全てのNWにおいて共通の)IDであってもよいし、ローカルな(例えば、一部のNWにおいて固有の)IDであってもよい。 The ID for each of the above options (e.g., at least one of the ID for the synchronization signal, the ID for the TRP, and the PCI) may be a global ID (e.g., common to all networks) or a local ID (e.g., unique to a portion of the network).
同じ同期信号に関するID、同じTRPに関するID、及び、同じPCIの少なくとも1つを用いる複数の第2のセルの数(例えば、最大数)が、仕様で予め規定されてもよいし、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRC/MAC CE)/DCIを用いてUEに設定/指示/通知されてもよいし、UE能力情報の報告に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの少なくとも2つを組み合わせて決定されてもよい。 The number (e.g., maximum number) of multiple second cells using at least one of the same synchronization signal ID, the same TRP ID, and the same PCI may be predefined in the specifications, may be configured/instructed/notified to the UE using higher layer signaling (RRC/MAC CE)/DCI, may be determined based on reports of UE capability information, or may be determined by a combination of at least two of these.
(HST)
LTEにおいて、HST(high speed train)のトンネルにおけるアンテナ配置が難しい。ラージアンテナはトンネル外/内への送信を行う。例えば、ラージアンテナの送信電力は1から5W程度である。ハンドオーバのために、UEがトンネルに入る前にトンネル外に送信することが重要である。
(HST)
In LTE, antenna placement in a tunnel for a high-speed train (HST) is difficult. A large antenna transmits both inside and outside the tunnel. For example, the transmit power of a large antenna is about 1 to 5 W. For handover, it is important for a UE to transmit outside the tunnel before entering the tunnel.
また、例えば、スモールアンテナの送信電力は250mW程度である。同じセルIDを有し300mの距離を有する複数のスモールアンテナ(送受信ポイント)はsingle frequency network(SFN)を形成する。SFN内の全てのスモールアンテナは、同じPRB上の同じ時間において同じ信号を送信する。UEは1つの基地局に対して送受信すると想定する。実際は複数の送受信ポイントが同一のDL信号を送信する。高速移動時には、数kmの単位の送受信ポイントが1つのセルを形成する。セルを跨ぐ場合にハンドオーバが行われる。これによって、ハンドオーバ頻度を低減することができる。 Also, for example, the transmission power of a small antenna is about 250 mW. Multiple small antennas (transmitting and receiving points) with the same cell ID and a distance of 300 m form a single frequency network (SFN). All small antennas within the SFN transmit the same signal at the same time on the same PRB. It is assumed that a UE transmits and receives signals to a single base station. In reality, multiple transmitting and receiving points transmit the same DL signal. When moving at high speeds, transmitting and receiving points of several kilometers apart form a single cell. Handover occurs when crossing cells. This reduces the frequency of handovers.
NRでは、高速に移動する電車等の移動体(HST)に含まれるUEとの通信を行うために、送信ポイント(例えば、RRH)から送信されるビームを利用することが想定される。既存システム(例えば、Rel.15)では、RRHから一方向のビームを送信して移動体との通信を行うことがサポートされている(図12A参照)。 In NR, it is expected that beams transmitted from a transmission point (e.g., RRH) will be used to communicate with UEs included in moving objects (HSTs) such as fast-moving trains. Existing systems (e.g., Rel. 15) support transmitting a unidirectional beam from an RRH to communicate with moving objects (see Figure 12A).
図12Aでは、移動体の移動経路(又は、移動方向、進行方向、走行経路)に沿ってRRHが設置され、各RRHから移動体の進行方向側にビームが形成される場合を示している。一方向のビームを形成するRRHは、ユニディレクショナルRRH(uni-directional RRH)と呼ばれてもよい。図12Aに示す例では、移動体は各RRHからマイナスのドップラーシフト(-fD)を受ける。 12A shows a case where RRHs are installed along the movement path (or movement direction, traveling direction, or travel path) of a moving object, and a beam is formed from each RRH in the traveling direction of the moving object. An RRH that forms a beam in one direction may be called a uni-directional RRH. In the example shown in FIG. 12A, the moving object receives a negative Doppler shift (−f D ) from each RRH.
なお、ここでは、移動体の進行方向側にビームが形成される場合を示しているが、これに限られず進行方向と逆方向側にビームが形成されてもよいし、移動体の進行方向とは無関係にあらゆる方向にビームが形成されてもよい。 Note that while the example shown here shows a case where a beam is formed in the direction of travel of a moving object, this is not limited to this and a beam may be formed in the opposite direction to the direction of travel, or a beam may be formed in any direction regardless of the direction of travel of the moving object.
Rel.16以降では、RRHから複数(例えば、2以上)のビームが送信されることも想定される。例えば、移動体の進行方向と、その逆方向と、の両方に対してビームを形成することが想定される(図12B参照)。 In Rel. 16 and later, it is expected that multiple beams (e.g., two or more) will be transmitted from the RRH. For example, it is expected that beams will be formed in both the direction of travel of the moving object and the opposite direction (see Figure 12B).
図12Bでは、移動体の移動経路に沿ってRRHが設置され、各RRHから移動体の進行方向側と進行方向の逆方向側の両方にビームが形成される場合を示している。複数方向(例えば、2方向)のビームを形成するRRHは、バイディレクショナルRRH(bi-directional RRH)と呼ばれてもよい。 Figure 12B shows a case where RRHs are installed along the movement path of a moving object, and beams are formed from each RRH in both the direction of movement of the moving object and the direction opposite to the direction of movement. An RRH that forms beams in multiple directions (e.g., two directions) may also be called a bi-directional RRH.
HSTにおいて、UEは、シングルTRPと同様に、通信を行う。基地局実装においては、複数のTRP(同じセルID)から送信することができる。 In HST, the UE communicates as if it were a single TRP. In base station implementations, it can transmit from multiple TRPs (same cell ID).
図12Bの例において、2つのRRH(ここでは、RRH#1とRRH#2)がSFNを用いる場合、移動体が2つのRRHの中間において、マイナスのドップラーシフトを受けた信号から、電力が高くなるプラスのドップラーシフトを受けた信号に切り替わる。この場合、補正が必要となる最大のドップラーシフトの変化幅は、-fDから+fDへの変化となり、ユニディレクショナルRRHの場合と比較して2倍となる。 12B, when two remote radio heads (RRH#1 and RRH#2) use SFN, the mobile station switches from a signal that has undergone a negative Doppler shift to a signal that has undergone a positive Doppler shift, which increases the power, midway between the two remote radio heads. In this case, the maximum Doppler shift change range that requires correction is from −fD to + fD , which is twice as large as that in the case of unidirectional remote radio heads.
ここで、HST用スキームとして、以下のスキーム0からスキーム2(HSTスキーム0からHSTスキーム2)を比較する。 Here, we will compare the following HST schemes, Scheme 0 to Scheme 2 (HST Scheme 0 to HST Scheme 2).
図13Aのスキーム0においては、tracking reference signal(TRS)とDMRSとPDSCHとが2つのTRP(RRH)に共通に(同じ時間及び同じ周波数のリソースを用いて)送信される(通常のSFN、透過的(transparent)SFN、HST-SFN)。 In scheme 0 of Figure 13A, the tracking reference signal (TRS), DMRS, and PDSCH are transmitted in common (using the same time and frequency resources) to two TRPs (RRHs) (normal SFN, transparent SFN, HST-SFN).
スキーム0において、UEがシングルTRP相当でDLチャネル/信号を受信することから、PDSCHのTCI状態は1つである。 In Scheme 0, the UE receives DL channels/signals equivalent to a single TRP, so there is one TCI state for the PDSCH.
なお、Rel.16において、シングルTRPを利用する送信と、SFNを利用する送信とを区別するためのRRCパラメータが規定されている。UEは、対応するUE能力情報を報告した場合、当該RRCパラメータに基づいて、シングルTRPのDLチャネル/信号の受信と、SFNを想定するPDSCHの受信と、を区別してもよい。一方で、UEは、シングルTRPを想定して、SFNを利用する送受信を行ってもよい。 Note that Rel. 16 specifies RRC parameters for distinguishing between transmissions using a single TRP and transmissions using an SFN. When a UE reports corresponding UE capability information, it may use the RRC parameters to distinguish between reception of a DL channel/signal using a single TRP and reception of a PDSCH that assumes an SFN. On the other hand, the UE may also transmit and receive using an SFN, assuming a single TRP.
図13Bのスキーム1においては、TRSがTRP固有に(TRPによって異なる時間/周波数のリソースを用いて)送信される。この例では、TRP#1からTRS1が送信され、TRP#2からTRS2が送信される。 In Scheme 1 of Figure 13B, TRSs are transmitted TRP-specifically (using different time/frequency resources depending on the TRP). In this example, TRS1 is transmitted from TRP#1, and TRS2 is transmitted from TRP#2.
スキーム1において、UEがそれぞれのTRPからのTRSを用いてそれぞれのTRPからのDLチャネル/信号を受信することから、PDSCHのTCI状態は2つである。 In Scheme 1, the UE receives DL channels/signals from each TRP using the TRS from each TRP, so there are two TCI states for the PDSCH.
なお、本開示において、SFNのスキーム1(SFNスキーム1)は、SFNスキームA、スキームAと呼ばれてもよい。スキームAでは、UEにおいてドップラー補償が行われてもよい。 Note that in this disclosure, SFN scheme 1 (SFN scheme 1) may also be referred to as SFN scheme A or scheme A. In scheme A, Doppler compensation may be performed in the UE.
図13Cのスキーム2においては、TRSとDMRSとがTRP固有に送信される。この例では、TRP#1からTRS1及びDMRS1が送信され、TRP#2からTRS2及びDMRS2が送信される。スキーム1及び2は、スキーム0に比べて、ドップラーシフトの急変を抑え、ドップラーシフトを適切に推定/保証することができる。スキーム2のDMRSはスキーム1のDMRSよりも増加することから、スキーム2の最大スループットはスキーム1より低下する。 In Scheme 2 of Figure 13C, TRS and DMRS are transmitted TRP-specifically. In this example, TRS1 and DMRS1 are transmitted from TRP#1, and TRS2 and DMRS2 are transmitted from TRP#2. Compared to Scheme 0, Schemes 1 and 2 can suppress sudden changes in Doppler shift and properly estimate/guarantee Doppler shift. Since the DMRS in Scheme 2 is increased more than the DMRS in Scheme 1, the maximum throughput of Scheme 2 is lower than that of Scheme 1.
スキーム0において、UEは、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRC情報要素/MAC CE)に基づいて、シングルTRPとSFNを切り替える。 In Scheme 0, the UE switches between a single TRP and SFN based on higher layer signaling (RRC information elements/MAC CE).
UEは、上位レイヤシグナリング(RRC情報要素/MAC CE)に基づいて、スキーム1/スキーム2/NW pre-compensationスキームを切り替えてもよい。 The UE may switch between Scheme 1, Scheme 2, and NW pre-compensation schemes based on higher layer signaling (RRC information elements/MAC CE).
スキーム1において、HSTの進行方向とその逆方向とに対して2つのTRSリソースがそれぞれ設定される。 In Scheme 1, two TRS resources are set for the HST's direction of travel and the opposite direction.
図14Aの例において、HSTの逆方向へDL信号を送信するTRP(TRP#0、#2、…)は、同一の時間及び周波数のリソース(SFN)において第1TRS(HSTの前から到来するTRS)を送信する。HSTの進行方向へDL信号を送信するTRP(TRP#1、#3、…)は、同一の時間及び周波数のリソース(SFN)において第2TRS(HSTの後から到来するTRS)を送信する。第1TRS及び第2TRSは、互いに異なる周波数リソースを用いて送信/受信されてもよい。 In the example of Figure 14A, the TRPs (TRPs #0, #2, ...) transmitting DL signals in the opposite direction to the HST transmit the first TRS (TRS arriving before the HST) in the same time and frequency resource (SFN). The TRPs (TRPs #1, #3, ...) transmitting DL signals in the direction of travel of the HST transmit the second TRS (TRS arriving after the HST) in the same time and frequency resource (SFN). The first TRS and second TRS may be transmitted/received using different frequency resources.
図14Bの例において、第1TRSとしてTRS1-1から1-4が送信され、第2TRSとしてTRS2-1から2-4が送信される。 In the example of Figure 14B, TRS1-1 to 1-4 are transmitted as the first TRS, and TRS2-1 to 2-4 are transmitted as the second TRS.
ビーム運用を考えると、64個のビーム及び64個の時間リソースを用いて第1TRSを送信し、64個のビーム及び64個の時間リソースを用いて第2TRSを送信する。第1TRSのビームと、第2TRSのビームとは、等しい(QCLタイプD RSが等しい)と考えられる。第1TRS及び第2TRSを同一の時間リソース及び異なる周波数リソースに多重することによって、リソース利用効率を高めることができる。 Considering beam operation, the first TRS is transmitted using 64 beams and 64 time resources, and the second TRS is transmitted using 64 beams and 64 time resources. The beams of the first TRS and the second TRS are considered to be equal (QCL Type D RSs are equal). By multiplexing the first TRS and second TRS onto the same time resources but different frequency resources, resource utilization efficiency can be improved.
図15Aの例において、HSTの移動経路に沿って、RRH#0-#7が配置されている。RRH#0-#3及びRRH#4-#7は、それぞれベースバンドユニット(BBU)#0及び#1と接続されている。各RRHはバイディレクショナルRRHであり、移動経路の進行方向とその逆方向との両方に、各送受信ポイント(Transmission/Reception Point(TRP))を利用してビームを形成している。 In the example of Figure 15A, RRHs #0-#7 are arranged along the movement path of the HST. RRHs #0-#3 and RRHs #4-#7 are connected to baseband units (BBU) #0 and #1, respectively. Each RRH is a bidirectional RRH, and forms beams in both the direction of movement of the movement path and the opposite direction using each transmission/reception point (TRP).
図15Bの例(シングルTRP(SFN)/スキーム1)の受信信号において、TRP#2n-1(nは0以上の整数)から送信される信号/チャネル(HSTの進行方向のビーム、UEの後からのビーム)をUEが受信する場合、マイナスのドップラーシフト(この例では、-fD)が起こる。また、TRP#2n(nは0以上の整数)から送信される信号/チャネル(HSTの進行方向の逆方向のビーム、UEの前からのビーム)をUEが受信する場合、プラスのドップラーシフト(この例では、+fD)が起こる。 In the received signal example of Figure 15B (single TRP (SFN)/Scheme 1), when the UE receives a signal/channel (a beam in the direction of travel of the HST, a beam from behind the UE) transmitted from TRP #2n-1 (n is an integer greater than or equal to 0), a negative Doppler shift ( -fD in this example) occurs. Also, when the UE receives a signal/channel (a beam in the opposite direction of travel of the HST, a beam from in front of the UE) transmitted from TRP #2n (n is an integer greater than or equal to 0), a positive Doppler shift (+ fD in this example) occurs.
Rel.17以降では、TRPからのHSTにおけるUEに対する下りリンク(DL)信号/チャネルの送信において、ドップラーシフトの補正(ドップラー補正(Doppler Compensation)、予備ドップラー補正(Pre-Doppler Compensation)、network(NW)予備補正スキーム(NW pre-compensation scheme、HST NW pre-compensation scheme、TRP based pre-compensation scheme)と呼ばれてもよい)を行うことが検討されている。TRPは、UEへDL信号/チャネルの送信を行う際に、予めドップラー補正を行うことで、UEにおけるDL信号/チャネルの受信時のドップラーシフトの影響を小さくすることが可能になる。 In Rel. 17 and later, consideration is being given to performing Doppler shift correction (also referred to as Doppler Compensation, Pre-Doppler Compensation, network (NW) pre-compensation scheme (NW pre-compensation scheme, HST NW pre-compensation scheme, or TRP-based pre-compensation scheme)) when transmitting downlink (DL) signals/channels from the TRP to the UE in the HST. By performing Doppler compensation in advance when transmitting DL signals/channels to the UE, the TRP can reduce the impact of Doppler shift when the UE receives the DL signals/channels.
本開示において、NW pre-compensationスキームは、スキーム1と、基地局によるドップラーシフトの予備補正と、の組み合わせであってもよい。本開示において、NW pre-compensation、TRP based pre-compensation schemeは、SFNスキームB、スキームBなどと呼ばれてもよい。スキームBでは、基地局においてドップラー事前補償が行われてもよい。 In this disclosure, the NW pre-compensation scheme may be a combination of Scheme 1 and preliminary compensation of Doppler shift by the base station. In this disclosure, the NW pre-compensation and TRP-based pre-compensation scheme may be referred to as SFN Scheme B, Scheme B, etc. In Scheme B, Doppler pre-compensation may be performed at the base station.
NW pre-compensationスキームにおいて、移動経路の進行方向側にビームを形成するTRP及び移動経路の進行方向と逆方向側にビームを形成するTRPは、ドップラー補正を行った上でHST内のUEに対してDL信号/チャネルの送信を行う。この例では、TRP#2n-1は、プラスのドップラー補正を行い、TRP#2nは、マイナスのドップラー補正を行うことで、UEの信号/チャネルの受信時におけるドップラーシフトの影響を低減する(図15C)。 In the NW pre-compensation scheme, TRPs that form beams in the direction of travel of the travel path and TRPs that form beams in the opposite direction of travel of the travel path perform Doppler compensation before transmitting DL signals/channels to UEs within the HST. In this example, TRP #2n-1 performs positive Doppler compensation, and TRP #2n performs negative Doppler compensation, thereby reducing the effect of Doppler shift when the UE receives the signal/channel (Figure 15C).
なお、図15Cの状況においては、UEがそれぞれのTRPからのTRSを用いてそれぞれのTRPからのDLチャネル/信号を受信することから、PDSCHのTCI状態は2つであってもよい。 Note that in the situation shown in Figure 15C, since the UE receives DL channels/signals from each TRP using the TRS from each TRP, there may be two TCI states for the PDSCH.
(無線通信への人工知能(Artificial Intelligence(AI))技術の適用)
将来の無線通信技術について、ネットワーク/デバイスの制御、管理などに、機械学習(Machine Learning(ML))のようなAI技術を活用することが検討されている。
(Application of Artificial Intelligence (AI) technology to wireless communications)
Regarding future wireless communication technologies, the use of AI technologies such as machine learning (ML) for network/device control and management is being considered.
例えば、チャネル状態情報(Channel State Information(CSI))フィードバックの向上(例えば、オーバーヘッド低減、正確度改善、予測)、ビームマネジメントの改善(例えば、正確度改善、時間/空間領域での予測)、位置測定の改善(例えば、位置推定/予測の改善)などのために、端末(terminal、ユーザ端末(user terminal)、User Equipment(UE))/基地局(Base Station(BS))がAI技術を活用することが検討されている。 For example, the use of AI technology by terminals (user terminals, user equipment (UE))/base stations (BSs) is being considered to improve channel state information (CSI) feedback (e.g., reducing overhead, improving accuracy, prediction), improving beam management (e.g., improving accuracy, prediction in the time/space domain), and improving positioning (e.g., improving position estimation/prediction).
AIモデルは、入力される情報に基づいて、推定値、予測値、選択される動作、分類、などの少なくとも1つの情報を出力してもよい。UE/BSは、AIモデルに対して、チャネル状態情報、参照信号測定値などを入力して、高精度なチャネル状態情報/測定値/ビーム選択/位置、将来のチャネル状態情報/無線リンク品質などを出力してもよい。 The AI model may output at least one piece of information, such as an estimated value, a predicted value, a selected action, or a classification, based on the input information. The UE/BS may input channel state information, reference signal measurements, etc. to the AI model, and output highly accurate channel state information/measurements/beam selection/position, future channel state information/radio link quality, etc.
なお、本開示において、AIは、以下の少なくとも1つの特徴を有する(実施する)オブジェクト(対象、客体、データ、関数、プログラムなどとも呼ばれる)で読み替えられてもよい:
・観測又は収集される情報に基づく推定、
・観測又は収集される情報に基づく選択、
・観測又は収集される情報に基づく予測。
In the present disclosure, AI may be interpreted as an object (also referred to as a subject, object, data, function, program, etc.) having (implementing) at least one of the following characteristics:
- Estimation based on observed or collected information;
- selections based on observed or collected information;
- Predictions based on observed or collected information.
本開示において、推定(estimation)、予測(prediction)、推論(inference)は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、推定する(estimate)、予測する(predict)、推論する(infer)は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, estimation, prediction, and inference may be interpreted interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, estimate, predict, and infer may be interpreted interchangeably.
本開示において、オブジェクトは、例えば、UE、BSなどの装置、デバイスなどであってもよい。また、本開示において、オブジェクトは、当該装置において動作するプログラム/モデル/エンティティに該当してもよい。 In this disclosure, an object may be, for example, an apparatus or device such as a UE or BS. Also, in this disclosure, an object may correspond to a program/model/entity that operates on the apparatus.
また、本開示において、AIモデルは、以下の少なくとも1つの特徴を有する(実施する)オブジェクトで読み替えられてもよい:
・情報を与えること(feeding)によって、推定値を生み出す、
・情報を与えることによって、推定値を予測する、
・情報を与えることによって、特徴を発見する、
・情報を与えることによって、動作を選択する。
In addition, in the present disclosure, an AI model may be interpreted as an object having (implementing) at least one of the following characteristics:
- Producing estimates by feeding information,
- Predicting estimates by providing information
- Discover features by providing information,
-Select an action by providing information.
また、本開示において、AIモデルは、AI技術を適用し、入力のセットに基づいて出力のセットを生成するデータドリブンアルゴリズムを意味してもよい。 In addition, in this disclosure, an AI model may refer to a data-driven algorithm that applies AI techniques to generate a set of outputs based on a set of inputs.
また、本開示において、AIモデル、モデル、MLモデル、予測分析(predictive analytics)、予測分析モデル、ツール、自己符号化器(オートエンコーダ(autoencoder))、エンコーダ、デコーダ、ニューラルネットワークモデル、AIアルゴリズム、スキームなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、AIモデルは、回帰分析(例えば、線形回帰分析、重回帰分析、ロジスティック回帰分析)、サポートベクターマシン、ランダムフォレスト、ニューラルネットワーク、ディープラーニングなどの少なくとも1つを用いて導出されてもよい。 Furthermore, in this disclosure, the terms AI model, model, ML model, predictive analytics, predictive analysis model, tool, autoencoder, encoder, decoder, neural network model, AI algorithm, scheme, etc. may be interchangeable. Furthermore, the AI model may be derived using at least one of regression analysis (e.g., linear regression analysis, multiple regression analysis, logistic regression analysis), support vector machine, random forest, neural network, deep learning, etc.
本開示において、AIモデルの訓練方法には、教師あり学習(supervised learning)、教師なし学習(unsupervised learning)、強化学習(Reinforcement learning)、連合学習(federated learning)などが含まれてもよい。教師あり学習は、入力及び対応するラベルからモデルを訓練する処理を意味してもよい。教師なし学習は、ラベル付きデータなしでモデルを訓練する処理を意味してもよい。強化学習は、モデルが相互作用している環境において、入力(言い換えると、状態)と、モデルの出力(言い換えると、アクション)から生じるフィードバック信号(言い換えると、報酬)と、からモデルを訓練する処理を意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, methods for training AI models may include supervised learning, unsupervised learning, reinforcement learning, federated learning, etc. Supervised learning may refer to the process of training a model from inputs and corresponding labels. Unsupervised learning may refer to the process of training a model without labeled data. Reinforcement learning may refer to the process of training a model from inputs (i.e., states) and feedback signals (i.e., rewards) resulting from the model's outputs (i.e., actions) in the environment with which the model interacts.
本開示において、生成、算出、導出などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、実施、運用、動作、実行などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、訓練、学習、更新、再訓練などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、推論、訓練後(after-training)、本番の利用、実際の利用、などは互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、信号は、信号/チャネルと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as generate, calculate, and derive may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, terms such as implement, operate, operate, and execute may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, terms such as training, learning, updating, and retraining may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, terms such as inference, after-training, live use, and actual use may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, terms such as signal and signal/channel may be interchangeable.
図16は、AIモデルの管理のフレームワークの一例を示す図である。本例では、AIモデルに関連する各ステージがブロックで示されている。本例は、AIモデルのライフサイクル管理(Life Cycle Management(LCM))とも表現される。 Figure 16 shows an example of a framework for managing AI models. In this example, each stage related to an AI model is shown as a block. This example is also referred to as AI model life cycle management (LCM).
データ収集ステージは、AIモデルの生成/更新のためのデータを収集する段階に該当する。データ収集ステージは、データ整理(例えば、どのデータをモデル訓練/モデル推論のために転送するかの決定)、データ転送(例えば、モデル訓練/モデル推論を行うエンティティ(例えば、UE、gNB)に対して、データを転送)などを含んでもよい。 The data collection stage corresponds to the stage of collecting data for generating/updating an AI model. The data collection stage may include data organization (e.g., determining which data to transfer for model training/model inference), data transfer (e.g., transferring data to an entity (e.g., UE, gNB) that performs model training/model inference), etc.
なお、データ収集は、AIモデル訓練/データ分析/推論を目的として、ネットワークノード、管理エンティティ又はUEによってデータが収集される処理を意味してもよい。本開示において、処理、手順は互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、収集は、測定(チャネル測定、ビーム測定、無線リンク品質測定、位置推定など)に基づいてAIモデルの訓練/推論のための(例えば、入力/出力として利用できる)データセットを取得することを意味してもよい。 Note that data collection may refer to a process in which data is collected by a network node, management entity, or UE for the purpose of AI model training/data analysis/inference. In this disclosure, the terms process and procedure may be interpreted interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, collection may refer to obtaining a data set (e.g., usable as input/output) for AI model training/inference based on measurements (channel measurements, beam measurements, radio link quality measurements, position estimation, etc.).
本開示において、オフラインフィールドデータは、フィールド(現実世界)から収集され、AIモデルのオフライン訓練のために用いられるデータであってもよい。また、本開示において、オンラインフィールドデータは、フィールド(現実世界)から収集され、AIモデルのオンライン訓練のために用いられるデータであってもよい。 In the present disclosure, offline field data may be data collected from the field (real world) and used for offline training of an AI model. In the present disclosure, online field data may be data collected from the field (real world) and used for online training of an AI model.
モデル訓練ステージでは、収集ステージから転送されるデータ(訓練用データ)に基づいてモデル訓練が行われる。このステージは、データ準備(例えば、データの前処理、クリーニング、フォーマット化、変換などの実施)、モデル訓練/バリデーション(検証)、モデルテスティング(例えば、訓練されたモデルが性能の閾値を満たすかの確認)、モデル交換(例えば、分散学習のためのモデルの転送)、モデルデプロイメント/更新(モデル推論を行うエンティティに対してモデルをデプロイ/更新)などを含んでもよい。 In the model training stage, model training is performed based on the data (training data) transferred from the collection stage. This stage may include data preparation (e.g., data preprocessing, cleaning, formatting, conversion, etc.), model training/validation, model testing (e.g., verifying that the trained model meets performance thresholds), model exchange (e.g., transferring the model for distributed learning), and model deployment/update (deploying/updating the model to the entities that will perform model inference).
なお、AIモデル訓練(AI model training)は、データドリブンな方法でAIモデルを訓練し、推論のための訓練されたAIモデルを取得するための処理を意味してもよい。 In addition, AI model training may refer to the process of training an AI model in a data-driven manner and obtaining a trained AI model for inference.
また、AIモデルバリデーション(AI model validation)は、モデル訓練に使用したデータセットとは異なるデータセットを用いてAIモデルの品質を評価するための訓練のサブ処理を意味してもよい。当該サブ処理は、モデル訓練に使用したデータセットを超えて汎化するモデルパラメータの選択に役立つ。 Also, AI model validation may refer to a training subprocess for assessing the quality of an AI model using a dataset different from the dataset used for model training. This subprocess helps select model parameters that generalize beyond the dataset used for model training.
また、AIモデルテスティング(AI model testing)は、モデル訓練/バリデーションに使用したデータセットとは異なるデータセットを使用して、最終的なAIモデルの性能を評価するための訓練のサブ処理を意味してもよい。なお、テスティングは、バリデーションとは異なり、その後のモデルチューニングを前提としなくてもよい。 Also, AI model testing may refer to a training sub-process for evaluating the performance of the final AI model using a dataset different from the dataset used for model training/validation. Note that, unlike validation, testing does not necessarily require subsequent model tuning.
モデル推論ステージでは、収集ステージから転送されるデータ(推論用データ)に基づいてモデル推論が行われる。このステージは、データ準備(例えば、データの前処理、クリーニング、フォーマット化、変換などの実施)、モデル推論、モデルモニタリング(例えば、モデル推論の性能をモニタ)、モデル性能フィードバック(モデル訓練を行うエンティティに対してモデル性能をフィードバック)、出力(アクターに対してモデルの出力を提供)などを含んでもよい。 In the model inference stage, model inference is performed based on the data (inference data) transferred from the collection stage. This stage may include data preparation (e.g., performing data preprocessing, cleaning, formatting, conversion, etc.), model inference, model monitoring (e.g., monitoring the performance of model inference), model performance feedback (feeding back model performance to the entity performing model training), and output (providing model output to the actor).
なお、AIモデル推論(AI model inference)は、訓練されたAIモデルを用いて入力のセットから出力のセットを産み出すための処理を意味してもよい。 Note that AI model inference may refer to the process of using a trained AI model to produce a set of outputs from a set of inputs.
また、UE側(UE side)モデルは、その推論が完全にUEにおいて実施されるAIモデルを意味してもよい。ネットワーク側(Network side)モデルは、その推論が完全にネットワーク(例えば、gNB)において実施されるAIモデルを意味してもよい。 Furthermore, a UE-side model may refer to an AI model whose inference is performed entirely in the UE. A network-side model may refer to an AI model whose inference is performed entirely in the network (e.g., gNB).
また、片側(one-sided)モデルは、UE側モデル又はネットワーク側モデルを意味してもよい。両側(two-sided)モデルは、共同推論(joint inference)が行われるペアのAIモデルを意味してもよい。ここで、共同推論は、その推論がUEとネットワークにわたって共同で行われるAI推論を含んでもよく、例えば、推論の第1の部分がUEによって最初に行われ、残りの部分がgNBによって行われてもよい(又はその逆が行われてもよい)。 Furthermore, a one-sided model may refer to a UE-side model or a network-side model. A two-sided model may refer to a pair of AI models in which joint inference is performed. Here, joint inference may include AI inference in which the inference is performed jointly across the UE and the network; for example, the first part of the inference may be performed first by the UE and the remaining part by the gNB (or vice versa).
また、AIモデルモニタリング(AI model monitoring)は、AIモデルの推論性能をモニタするための処理を意味してもよく、モデル性能モニタリング、性能モニタリングなどと互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Also, AI model monitoring may refer to the process of monitoring the inference performance of an AI model, and may be interchangeably read as model performance monitoring, performance monitoring, etc.
なお、モデル登録(モデルレジストレーション(model registration))は、モデルにバージョン識別子を付与し、推論段階において利用される特定のハードウェアにコンパイルすることを介して当該モデルを実行可能にする(登録(レジスター)する)ことを意味してもよい。また、モデル配置(モデルデプロイメント(model deployment))は、完全に開発されテストされたモデルのランタイムイメージ(又は実行環境のイメージ)を、推論が実施されるターゲット(例えば、UE/gNB)に配信する(又は当該ターゲットにおいて有効化する)ことを意味してもよい。 Note that model registration may refer to making a model executable (registering) by assigning a version identifier to the model and compiling it into the specific hardware used in the inference stage. Model deployment may also refer to distributing (or activating in) a runtime image (or execution environment image) of a fully developed and tested model to (or enabling in) a target (e.g., UE/gNB) where inference will be performed.
アクターステージは、アクショントリガ(例えば、他のエンティティに対してアクションをトリガするか否かの決定)、フィードバック(例えば、訓練用データ/推論用データ/性能フィードバックのために必要な情報をフィードバック)などを含んでもよい。 Actor stages may include action triggers (e.g., decisions about whether to trigger an action on another entity), feedback (e.g., feedback of information needed for training data/inference data/performance feedback), etc.
なお、例えばモビリティ最適化のためのモデルの訓練は、例えば、ネットワーク(Network(NW))における保守運用管理(Operation、Administration and Maintenance(Management)(OAM))/gNodeB(gNB)において行われてもよい。前者の場合、相互運用、大容量ストレージ、オペレータの管理性、モデルの柔軟性(フィーチャーエンジニアリングなど)が有利である。後者の場合、モデル更新のレイテンシ、モデル展開のためのデータ交換などが不要な点が有利である。上記モデルの推論は、例えば、gNBにおいて行われてもよい。 Incidentally, training of a model for mobility optimization, for example, may be performed in the Operation, Administration and Maintenance (Management) (OAM)/gNodeB (gNB) of the network (NW). The former offers advantages in terms of interoperability, large-capacity storage, operator manageability, and model flexibility (feature engineering, etc.). The latter offers advantages in that it does not require latency for model updates or data exchange for model deployment. Inference of the above model may be performed, for example, in the gNB.
なお、モデルアクティベーションは、特定の機能のためのAIモデルを有効化することを意味してもよい。モデルディアクティベーションは、特定の機能のためのAIモデルを無効化することを意味してもよい。モデルスイッチングは、特定の機能のための現在アクティブなAIモデルをディアクティベートし、異なるAIモデルをアクティベートすることを意味してもよい。 Note that model activation may mean activating an AI model for a specific function. Model deactivation may mean disabling an AI model for a specific function. Model switching may mean deactivating a currently active AI model for a specific function and activating a different AI model.
また、モデル転送(model transfer)は、エアインターフェース上でAIモデルを配信することを意味してもよい。この配信は、受信側において既知のモデル構造のパラメータ、又はパラメータを有する新しいモデルの一方又は両方を配信することを含んでもよい。また、この配信は、完全なモデル又は部分的なモデルを含んでもよい。モデルダウンロードは、ネットワークからUEへのモデル転送を意味してもよい。モデルアップロードは、UEからネットワークへのモデル転送を意味してもよい。 Model transfer may also refer to distributing an AI model over the air interface. This distribution may include distributing parameters of a model structure already known at the receiving end, or a new model with parameters, or both. This distribution may also include a complete model or a partial model. Model download may refer to transferring a model from the network to the UE. Model upload may refer to transferring a model from the UE to the network.
(分析)
既存のシステムにおいて、ドップラー測定は、周期的なDL RSを用いて行われる。例えば、LTEでは、セル固有参照信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal(CRS))が用いられ、NR(Rel.16まで)ではTRSが用いられる。
(analysis)
In existing systems, Doppler measurements are performed using periodic DL RSs, e.g., Cell-specific Reference Signals (CRSs) are used in LTE, and TRSs are used in NR (up to Rel. 16).
図17Aは、LTEシステムにおけるCRSの配置の一例を示す図である。図17Aに示すように、CRSのシンボル間隔は3シンボル(0.214ms)であり、この場合、最大972Hzのドップラーシフトの測定を行うことができる。 Figure 17A shows an example of CRS placement in an LTE system. As shown in Figure 17A, the CRS symbol interval is 3 symbols (0.214 ms), and in this case, Doppler shifts of up to 972 Hz can be measured.
図17Bは、NRシステムにおけるTRSの配置の一例を示す図である。図17Bに示す例において、TRSのシンボル間隔は4シンボル(0.286ms)であり、この場合、最大870Hzのドップラーシフトの測定を行うことができる。 Figure 17B shows an example of TRS placement in an NR system. In the example shown in Figure 17B, the TRS symbol interval is 4 symbols (0.286 ms), which allows Doppler shift measurements of up to 870 Hz.
上述のようにNRシステムにおける測定可能な最大のドップラーシフトでは、高速移動(例えば、500km/hを超える速さでの移動)の環境において、高周波数帯(例えば、FDDバンドにおける2.1GHz以上のバンド、TDDバンドにおける4.5GHz以上のバンド)をサポートすることができないと考えられる。 As mentioned above, the maximum measurable Doppler shift in an NR system is thought to be insufficient to support high frequency bands (e.g., bands above 2.1 GHz in the FDD band, and bands above 4.5 GHz in the TDD band) in environments with high-speed movement (e.g., movement at speeds exceeding 500 km/h).
一方、将来の無線通信システム(例えば、Rel.20以降)では、既存のシステムにおける周波数より高い周波数が利用される可能性があり、各オペレータが使用可能なバンドの柔軟性を確保するために、いずれのバンドにおいても高速移動環境に耐えうる規定がサポートされることが望ましい。 On the other hand, future wireless communication systems (e.g., Rel. 20 and beyond) may use higher frequencies than those used in existing systems, and in order to ensure flexibility in the bands available to each operator, it is desirable that regulations that can withstand high-speed mobile environments be supported in all bands.
しかしながら、そのような規定について検討が十分でない。より具体的には、高速移動環境下において既存システムより高周波数帯を利用する場合であっても、適切にドップラーシフトを測定/予測する方法(例えば、DL RSの構成(例えば、RSのシンボル間隔/シンボル位置)、UE/NW側のAI/MLモデルを用いたドップラー推定)について検討が十分でない。 However, there has been insufficient consideration given to such regulations. More specifically, even when using higher frequency bands than existing systems in high-speed mobile environments, there has been insufficient consideration given to methods for appropriately measuring/predicting Doppler shift (for example, DL RS configuration (e.g., RS symbol interval/symbol position), Doppler estimation using AI/ML models on the UE/NW side).
これらの検討が十分でない場合、UE/NWにおいて適切に信号の受信処理を行うことができず、通信スループット向上が抑制されるおそれがある。 If these considerations are not sufficient, the UE/NW may not be able to properly process signals, which could hinder improvements in communication throughput.
そこで、本発明者らは、これらの問題を解決する方法を着想した。 The inventors therefore came up with a way to solve these problems.
以下、本開示に係る実施形態について、図面を参照して詳細に説明する。各実施形態に係る無線通信方法は、それぞれ単独で適用されてもよいし、組み合わせて適用されてもよい。 Embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. The wireless communication methods according to the embodiments may be applied independently or in combination.
(各種読み替え)
本開示において、文章中の”()”で囲まれた文言は、その直前の文言についての説明(例えば、スペルの説明)、言い換え、具体例、補足説明などを示してもよい。また、本開示において、文章中の”[]”で囲まれた文言は、これを含めて文章全体の意味が解釈されてもよいし、これを含めずに(無視して)文章全体の意味が解釈されてもよい。なお、”()”、”[]”は、これら以外の用途/意味で用いられてもよい。
(Various reading changes)
In the present disclosure, a word enclosed in "( )" in a sentence may indicate an explanation of the word immediately preceding it (for example, an explanation of spelling), a paraphrase, a specific example, a supplementary explanation, etc. Also, in the present disclosure, a word enclosed in "[ ]" in a sentence may be interpreted including the word in the meaning of the entire sentence, or may be interpreted excluding the word in the meaning of the entire sentence (ignoring the word in the meaning of the entire sentence). Note that "( )" and "[ ]" may also be used for purposes/meanings other than those mentioned above.
本開示において、「A/B」及び「A及びBの少なくとも一方」は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、「A/B/C」は、「A、B及びCの少なくとも1つ」を意味してもよい。 In this disclosure, "A/B" and "at least one of A and B" may be interpreted interchangeably. Also, in this disclosure, "A/B/C" may mean "at least one of A, B, and C."
本開示において、通知、アクティベート、ディアクティベート、指示(又は指定(indicate))、選択(select)、設定(configure)、更新(update)、決定(determine)などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、サポートする、制御する、制御できる、動作する、動作できるなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as notify, activate, deactivate, indicate (or indicate), select, configure, update, and determine may be read interchangeably. In this disclosure, terms such as support, control, controllable, operate, and operateable may be read interchangeably.
本開示において、無線リソース制御(Radio Resource Control(RRC))、RRCパラメータ、RRCメッセージ、上位レイヤパラメータ、フィールド、情報要素(Information Element(IE))、設定などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、Medium Access Control制御要素(MAC Control Element(CE))、更新コマンド、アクティベーション/ディアクティベーションコマンドなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, Radio Resource Control (RRC), RRC parameters, RRC messages, upper layer parameters, fields, information elements (IEs), settings, etc. may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, Medium Access Control control elements (MAC Control Elements (CEs)), update commands, activation/deactivation commands, etc. may be interchangeable.
本開示において、上位レイヤシグナリングは、例えば、Radio Resource Control(RRC)シグナリング、Medium Access Control(MAC)シグナリング、ブロードキャスト情報、その他のメッセージ(例えば、測位用プロトコル(例えば、NR Positioning Protocol A(NRPPa)/LTE Positioning Protocol(LPP))メッセージなどの、コアネットワークからのメッセージ)などのいずれか、又はこれらの組み合わせであってもよい。 In the present disclosure, higher layer signaling may be, for example, Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling, broadcast information, other messages (e.g., messages from the core network such as positioning protocol (e.g., NR Positioning Protocol A (NRPPa)/LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP)) messages), or a combination of these.
本開示において、MACシグナリングは、例えば、MAC制御要素(MAC Control Element(MAC CE))、MAC Protocol Data Unit(PDU)などを用いてもよい。ブロードキャスト情報は、例えば、マスタ情報ブロック(Master Information Block(MIB))、システム情報ブロック(System Information Block(SIB))、最低限のシステム情報(Remaining Minimum System Information(RMSI))、その他のシステム情報(Other System Information(OSI))などであってもよい。 In the present disclosure, MAC signaling may use, for example, a MAC Control Element (MAC CE), a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU), etc. Broadcast information may be, for example, a Master Information Block (MIB), a System Information Block (SIB), Remaining Minimum System Information (RMSI), Other System Information (OSI), etc.
本開示において、物理レイヤシグナリングは、例えば、下りリンク制御情報(Downlink Control Information(DCI))、上りリンク制御情報(Uplink Control Information(UCI))などであってもよい。 In the present disclosure, physical layer signaling may be, for example, Downlink Control Information (DCI), Uplink Control Information (UCI), etc.
本開示において、同期信号、SSB、SS/PBCHブロック、等は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, synchronization signal, SSB, SS/PBCH block, etc. may be interpreted interchangeably.
本開示において、シングルTRP、SFN、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、HST、HSTスキーム、高速移動用スキーム、スキーム1、スキーム2、NW pre-compensationスキーム、HSTスキーム1、HSTスキーム2、HST NW pre-compensationスキーム、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, single TRP and SFN may be read as interchangeable. In this disclosure, HST, HST scheme, high-speed mobility scheme, scheme 1, scheme 2, NW pre-compensation scheme, HST scheme 1, HST scheme 2, and HST NW pre-compensation scheme may be read as interchangeable.
本開示において、シングルTRPを利用するPDSCH/PDCCHは、シングルTRPに基づくPDSCH/PDCCH、シングルTRP PDSCH/PDCCH、非SFN PDSCH/PDCCH、と互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、SFNを利用するPDSCH/PDCCHは、マルチにおけるSFNを利用するPDSCH/PDCCH、SFNに基づくPDSCH/PDCCH、SFN PDSCH/PDCCH、と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, PDSCH/PDCCH using a single TRP may be interchangeably read as PDSCH/PDCCH based on a single TRP, single TRP PDSCH/PDCCH, and non-SFN PDSCH/PDCCH. Also, in this disclosure, PDSCH/PDCCH using SFN may be interchangeably read as PDSCH/PDCCH using SFN in multi-mode, PDSCH/PDCCH based on SFN, and SFN PDSCH/PDCCH.
本開示において、SFNを利用してDL信号(PDSCH/PDCCH)を受信することは、同一時間/周波数リソースを用いて、かつ/または、同一データ(PDSCH)/制御情報(PDCCH)を、複数の送受信ポイントから受信すること、を意味してもよい。また、SFNを利用してDL信号を受信することは、同一時間/周波数リソースを用いて、かつ/または、同一データ/制御情報を、複数のTCI状態/空間ドメインフィルタ/ビーム/QCLを利用して受信すること、を意味してもよい。 In the present disclosure, receiving DL signals (PDSCH/PDCCH) using an SFN may mean receiving the same data (PDSCH)/control information (PDCCH) from multiple transmission/reception points using the same time/frequency resources. Furthermore, receiving DL signals using an SFN may mean receiving the same data/control information using the same time/frequency resources and/or using multiple TCI states/spatial domain filters/beams/QCLs.
本開示において、HST-SFNスキーム、Rel.17以降のSFNスキーム、新規SFNスキーム、新規HST-SFNスキーム、Rel.17以降のHST-SFNシナリオ、HST-SFNシナリオのためのHST-SFNスキーム、HST-SFNシナリオのためのSFNスキーム、スキーム1、ドップラー事前補償スキーム、スキーム1(HSTスキーム1)及びドップラー事前補償スキームの少なくとも1つ、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、ドップラー事前補償スキーム、基地局事前補償スキーム、TRP事前補償スキーム、pre-Doppler compensationスキーム、Doppler pre-compensationスキーム、NW pre-compensationスキーム、HST NW pre-compensationスキーム、TRP pre-compensationスキーム、TRP-based pre-compensationスキーム、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、事前補償スキーム、低減スキーム、改善スキーム、補正スキーム、は互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, the terms HST-SFN scheme, SFN scheme for Rel. 17 and later, new SFN scheme, new HST-SFN scheme, HST-SFN scenario for Rel. 17 and later, HST-SFN scheme for HST-SFN scenario, SFN scheme for HST-SFN scenario, scheme 1, Doppler pre-compensation scheme, scheme 1 (HST scheme 1), and at least one of Doppler pre-compensation scheme may be interpreted interchangeably. In the present disclosure, the terms Doppler pre-compensation scheme, base station pre-compensation scheme, TRP pre-compensation scheme, pre-Doppler compensation scheme, Doppler pre-compensation scheme, NW pre-compensation scheme, HST NW pre-compensation scheme, TRP pre-compensation scheme, and TRP-based pre-compensation scheme may be interpreted interchangeably. In the present disclosure, the terms pre-compensation scheme, reduction scheme, improvement scheme, and correction scheme may be interpreted interchangeably.
(無線通信方法)
本開示において、TRS、DL RS、UL RS、CRS、等は互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示の各実施形態では、一例としてTRS(特に、NZP CSI-RS)について説明するが、各実施形態の適用に用いられるRSは、TRS/NZP CSI-RSに限られない。
(Wireless communication method)
In the present disclosure, TRS, DL RS, UL RS, CRS, etc. may be interchangeable. In each embodiment of the present disclosure, a TRS (particularly, an NZP CSI-RS) will be described as an example, but the RS used in applying each embodiment is not limited to a TRS/NZP CSI-RS.
本開示において、HST、ハイモビリティ、ハイスピードモビリティ、第2のモビリティ、HST用TRS、ハイモビリティ用TRSは互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、通常モビリティ、ハイモビリティ以外のモビリティ、第1のモビリティ、通常TRS、通常モビリティ用TRSは互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, HST, high mobility, high-speed mobility, second mobility, TRS for HST, and TRS for high mobility may be read interchangeably. In this disclosure, normal mobility, mobility other than high mobility, first mobility, normal TRS, and TRS for normal mobility may be read interchangeably.
本開示におけるRRCパラメータ/情報要素名、MAC CE/DCIのフィールド名は、あくまで一例であり、示される例に限られない。 The RRC parameter/information element names and MAC CE/DCI field names in this disclosure are merely examples and are not limited to the examples shown.
なお、本開示の各実施形態は、セルフリー構成/HSTに限定せず適用が可能である。言い換えれば、本開示の各実施形態は、セルフリー構成/HSTを採用しないケースにおいても適用可能である。 Note that each embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied in ways other than those limited to cell-free configuration/HST. In other words, each embodiment of the present disclosure can be applied even in cases where a cell-free configuration/HST is not adopted.
<第1の実施形態>
第1の実施形態は、TRSの設定に関する。
First Embodiment
The first embodiment relates to the setting of the TRS.
第1の実施形態は、実施形態1-1から1-4に大別される。UE/NWは、実施形態1-1から1-4を単独で適用してもよいし、実施形態1-1から1-4の少なくとも2つを組み合わせて適用してもよい。 The first embodiment is broadly divided into embodiments 1-1 to 1-4. The UE/NW may apply any one of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4 alone, or may apply a combination of at least two of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4.
また、UE/NWは、実施形態1-1から1-4のそれぞれに対応するモードの少なくとも1つを用いてもよい。 Furthermore, the UE/NW may use at least one of the modes corresponding to each of embodiments 1-1 to 1-4.
<<実施形態1-1>>
UEは、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、SIB/RRCシグナリング)を用いて、TRSに関する設定を受信してもよい。
<<Embodiment 1-1>>
The UE may receive the configuration for the TRS using higher layer signaling (e.g., SIB/RRC signaling).
UEは、当該設定に基づくTRSを用いて、ドップラーシフトの測定を行ってもよい。 The UE may measure the Doppler shift using a TRS based on this setting.
<<<オプション1-1-1>>>
TRSに関する設定は、例えば、ノンゼロパワー(NZP)CSI-RSリソースセット/リソースに関する設定(例えば、NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet)であってもよい。
<<<Option 1-1-1>>>
The configuration for the TRS may be, for example, a configuration for a non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS resource set/resource (e.g., NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet).
当該TRSに関する設定は、例えば、既存のNRにおけるTRSのシンボル間隔(例えば、4)/スロット内シンボル数(例えば、2)と異なるシンボル間隔/シンボル数の設定を含んでもよい。 The settings for the TRS may include, for example, setting a symbol interval/number of symbols that differs from the symbol interval (e.g., 4)/number of symbols in a slot (e.g., 2) of the TRS in the existing NR.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に含まれるシンボル間隔は、既存のTRSのシンボル間隔より小さくてもよい(例えば、シンボル間隔が3、又は3以下であってもよい)。 For example, the symbol interval included in the settings for the TRS may be smaller than the symbol interval of the existing TRS (for example, the symbol interval may be 3 or less).
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に含まれるシンボル数は、既存のTRSのシンボル数以上であってもよい(例えば、シンボル数が2、又は2以上であってもよい)。 For example, the number of symbols included in the settings for the TRS may be equal to or greater than the number of symbols in the existing TRS (for example, the number of symbols may be two or more).
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、既存のNRにおけるTRSの設定のうち、異なる周期的なNZP CSI-RSリソース(例えば、周波数方向の密度(density)が3であるシングルポートCSI-RSリソース以外のCSI-RSリソース)を設定可能であってもよい。 For example, the configuration for the TRS may be able to set a different periodic NZP CSI-RS resource (e.g., a CSI-RS resource other than a single-port CSI-RS resource with a frequency density of 3) among the TRS configurations in existing NR.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、新規の周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースが設定可能であってもよい。 For example, the configuration related to the TRS may allow for the configuration of a new periodic NZP CSI-RS resource.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、スロットごとに設定可能な周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースの設定の数が、既存の数(例えば、2)より大きい数であってもよい。当該周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースの設定に、TRSのシンボル間隔/スロット内シンボル数の設定が含まれてもよい。 For example, the configuration related to the TRS may be such that the number of periodic NZP CSI-RS resource configurations that can be configured per slot is greater than the existing number (e.g., 2). The configuration of the periodic NZP CSI-RS resource may include configuration of the TRS symbol interval/number of symbols in a slot.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に、HST向けのTRS用に使用されることを示すパラメータ(例えば、trs-Info-HighMobility)が含まれてもよい。 For example, the settings for the TRS may include a parameter (e.g., trs-Info-HighMobility) indicating that it is to be used as a TRS for HST.
<<<オプション1-1-2>>>
TRSに関する設定は、例えば、新規RRCパラメータ(例えば、TRS-ResourceSetforhighmobility)であってもよい。
<<<Option 1-1-2>>>
The setting for the TRS may be, for example, a new RRC parameter (e.g., TRS-ResourceSetforhighmobility).
言い換えれば、当該TRSに関する設定は、既存のNZP CSI-RSに関する設定とは別の設定であってもよい。 In other words, the settings for this TRS may be different from the settings for the existing NZP CSI-RS.
当該TRSに関する設定は、既存のNZP CSI-RSに関する設定と同じ構成を有してもよい。 The settings for this TRS may have the same configuration as the settings for the existing NZP CSI-RS.
当該TRSに関する設定は、例えば、既存のNRにおけるTRSのシンボル間隔(例えば、4)/スロット内シンボル数(例えば、2)と異なるシンボル間隔/シンボル数の設定を含んでもよい。 The settings for the TRS may include, for example, setting a symbol interval/number of symbols that differs from the symbol interval (e.g., 4)/number of symbols in a slot (e.g., 2) of the TRS in the existing NR.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に含まれるシンボル間隔は、既存のTRSのシンボル間隔より小さくてもよい(例えば、シンボル間隔が3、又は3以下であってもよい)。 For example, the symbol interval included in the settings for the TRS may be smaller than the symbol interval of the existing TRS (for example, the symbol interval may be 3 or less).
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に含まれるシンボル数は、既存のTRSのシンボル数以上であってもよい(例えば、シンボル数が2、又は2以上であってもよい)。 For example, the number of symbols included in the settings for the TRS may be equal to or greater than the number of symbols in the existing TRS (for example, the number of symbols may be two or more).
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、既存のNRにおけるTRSの設定のうち、異なる周期的なNZP CSI-RSリソース(例えば、周波数方向の密度(density)が3であるシングルポートCSI-RSリソース以外のCSI-RSリソース)を設定可能であってもよい。 For example, the configuration for the TRS may be able to set a different periodic NZP CSI-RS resource (e.g., a CSI-RS resource other than a single-port CSI-RS resource with a frequency density of 3) among the TRS configurations in existing NR.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、新規の周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースが設定可能であってもよい。 For example, the configuration related to the TRS may allow for the configuration of a new periodic NZP CSI-RS resource.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、スロットごとに設定可能な周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースの設定の数が、既存の数(例えば、2)より大きい数であってもよい。当該周期的NZP CSI-RSリソースの設定に、TRSのシンボル間隔/スロット内シンボル数の設定が含まれてもよい。 For example, the configuration related to the TRS may be such that the number of periodic NZP CSI-RS resource configurations that can be configured per slot is greater than the existing number (e.g., 2). The configuration of the periodic NZP CSI-RS resource may include configuration of the TRS symbol interval/number of symbols in a slot.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定に、HST向けのTRS用に使用されることを示すパラメータ(例えば、trs-Info-HighMobility)が含まれてもよい。 For example, the settings for the TRS may include a parameter (e.g., trs-Info-HighMobility) indicating that it is to be used as a TRS for HST.
例えば、当該TRSに関する設定は、TRSのリソースセットに関する設定(例えば、TRS-ResourceSet/TRS-ResourceSet-r17)に含まれてもよい。 For example, the settings for the TRS may be included in the settings for the resource set of the TRS (e.g., TRS-ResourceSet/TRS-ResourceSet-r17).
<<<オプション1-1-3>>>
第1のTRSに関する設定(例えば、既存のTRSの設定)と、第2のTRSに関する設定(例えば、HST用のTRSの設定)とが規定されてもよい。
<<<Option 1-1-3>>>
Settings for the first TRS (e.g., settings for an existing TRS) and settings for the second TRS (e.g., settings for a TRS for an HST) may be defined.
UEは、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRC/SIBに含まれる特定数のビット(例えば、1ビット)の情報)を用いて、第1のTRSに関する設定及び第2のTRSに関する設定のいずれが設定されるかを通知されてもよい。 The UE may be notified of whether the configuration for the first TRS or the configuration for the second TRS is to be configured using higher layer signaling (e.g., information of a specific number of bits (e.g., 1 bit) included in the RRC/SIB).
例えば、UEが第1のTRSに関する設定が設定されると判断する場合、UEは、第1のTRSの構成(例えば、既存のTRSの構成(例えば、シンボル間隔4のTRS))を用いると判断してもよい。また、例えば、UEが第2のTRSに関する設定が設定されると判断する場合、UEは、第2のTRSの構成(例えば、HST用のTRSの構成(例えば、シンボル間隔3のTRS))を用いると判断してもよい。 For example, if the UE determines that a setting related to the first TRS is to be configured, the UE may determine to use the first TRS configuration (e.g., an existing TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 4)). Also, for example, if the UE determines that a setting related to the second TRS is to be configured, the UE may determine to use the second TRS configuration (e.g., a TRS configuration for HST (e.g., a TRS with a symbol interval of 3)).
例えば、SIBを用いて(例えば、セル内の複数のUEに対して)第1のTRSに関する設定及び第2のTRSに関する設定のいずれが設定されるかを通知される場合、第1のTRSの構成に係るTRSと、第2のTRSの構成に係るTRSとについて、同じリソースが設定されてもよいし、異なるリソースが設定されてもよい。 For example, when SIB is used to notify (e.g., to multiple UEs in a cell) which of the first TRS configuration and the second TRS configuration will be configured, the same resources may be configured for the TRS related to the first TRS configuration and the TRS related to the second TRS configuration, or different resources may be configured.
例えば、RRCを用いて(例えば、UE個別に)第1のTRSに関する設定及び第2のTRSに関する設定のいずれが設定されるかを通知される場合、第1のTRSの構成に係るTRSと、第2のTRSの構成に係るTRSとに対し、異なるリソースが設定されてもよい。 For example, when RRC is used (e.g., individually for each UE) to notify which of the first TRS configuration and the second TRS configuration will be configured, different resources may be configured for the TRS associated with the first TRS configuration and the TRS associated with the second TRS configuration.
この場合、例えば、第1のTRSの構成に係るTRSのリソースと、第2のTRSの構成に係るTRSのリソースとは、時分割多重(TDM)/周波数分割多重(FDM)/空間分割多重(SDM)されてもよい。 In this case, for example, the TRS resources relating to the first TRS configuration and the TRS resources relating to the second TRS configuration may be time division multiplexed (TDM), frequency division multiplexed (FDM), or space division multiplexed (SDM).
また、この場合、例えば、第1のTRSの構成に係るTRSのリソースと、第2のTRSの構成に係るTRSのリソースとは、少なくとも一部のリソース(例えば、シンボル)において重複してもよい。 Furthermore, in this case, for example, the resources of the TRS relating to the first TRS configuration and the resources of the TRS relating to the second TRS configuration may overlap in at least some resources (e.g., symbols).
また、この場合、例えば、CSI-RSリソースセット/リソースごとに、既存の(通常の)TRSとHST用のTRSとの切り替えを示すパラメータが規定/設定されてもよい。 In this case, for example, a parameter indicating switching between the existing (normal) TRS and the TRS for HST may be specified/set for each CSI-RS resource set/resource.
また、この場合、例えば、UEは、特定(例えば、第1)のCSI-RSリソースセット/リソースが通常のTRS用に設定され、別(例えば、第2)のCSI-RSリソースセット/リソースがHST用のTRS用に設定されると想定/判断してもよい。 Furthermore, in this case, for example, the UE may assume/determine that a specific (e.g., first) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for normal TRS, and another (e.g., second) CSI-RS resource set/resource is configured for TRS for HST.
<<<変形例>>>
第1の実施形態において、HST用のTRSに係る周期的NZP CSI-RSについて、既存の設定とは異なる(例えば、既存の設定と比較して短い)周期(例えば、10msより小さい周期)が設定されてもよい。
<<<Modifications>>>
In the first embodiment, for the periodic NZP CSI-RS related to the TRS for HST, a period (e.g., a period shorter than 10 ms) different from the existing setting (e.g., shorter than the existing setting) may be set.
また、第1の実施形態において、TRSのマッピングは、CSI-RSのリソースマッピングに関するパラメータ(例えば、CSI-RS-resourceMapping)を用いて設定されてもよいし、新規パラメータを用いて設定されてもよい。例えば、UEは、TRSがマッピングされるシンボル位置を示すパラメータを用いて、TRSのマッピング位置(例えば、シンボル番号l=4/7/8)を判断してもよい。 Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the mapping of the TRS may be configured using parameters related to CSI-RS resource mapping (e.g., CSI-RS-resourceMapping), or may be configured using new parameters. For example, the UE may determine the mapping position of the TRS (e.g., symbol number l = 4/7/8) using a parameter indicating the symbol position to which the TRS is mapped.
また、第1の実施形態において、UEは、設定される周期的NZP CSI-RSに対して、アンテナポートが異なるポートインデックスに対応すると想定/判断してもよい。 Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the UE may assume/determine that antenna ports correspond to different port indices for the configured periodic NZP CSI-RS.
なお、本開示において、周期的NZP CSI-RS、非周期的NZP CSI-RS、セミパーシステントNZP CSI-RSは互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, periodic NZP CSI-RS, aperiodic NZP CSI-RS, and semi-persistent NZP CSI-RS may be interpreted interchangeably.
また、第1の実施形態における設定は、UE固有の設定であってもよいし、セル固有の設定であってもよい。 Furthermore, the settings in the first embodiment may be UE-specific settings or cell-specific settings.
また、第1の実施形態におけるRRC設定は、サービングセル/エリア(セルフリーにおける第2のセル)/TRPごとに設定されてもよいし、非サービングセル/エリア/TRP、及び、候補セル/エリア/TRP、の少なくとも一方ごとに設定されてもよい。 Furthermore, the RRC configuration in the first embodiment may be configured for each serving cell/area (second cell in cell-free mode)/TRP, or may be configured for at least one of a non-serving cell/area/TRP and a candidate cell/area/TRP.
本変形例に記載される少なくとも1つが、上位レイヤパラメータを用いて設定されてもよいし、仕様で予め規定されてもよいし、報告されるUE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。 At least one of the parameters described in this variant may be set using higher layer parameters, may be predefined in specifications, may be determined based on reported UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
実施形態1-1によれば、HST用のTRSを適切に設定することができる。 According to embodiment 1-1, the TRS for the HST can be set appropriately.
<<実施形態1-2>>
UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、TRSに関する指示を受信してもよい。
<<Embodiment 1-2>>
The UE may receive an indication regarding the TRS using the MAC CE/DCI.
UEは、当該指示に基づくTRSを用いて、ドップラーシフトの測定を行ってもよい。 The UE may measure the Doppler shift using the TRS based on this instruction.
<<<オプション1-2-1>>>
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、TRSのリソースセットを指示されてもよい。
<<<Option 1-2-1>>>
For example, the UE may be instructed on the resource set for the TRS using the MAC CE/DCI.
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIに含まれるコードポイントを用いて、1つ又は複数のリソースセットIDを指示されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be instructed of one or more resource set IDs using code points included in the MAC CE/DCI.
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIに含まれるビットマップを用いて、1つ又は複数のリソースセットIDを指示されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be instructed of one or more resource set IDs using a bitmap included in the MAC CE/DCI.
<<<オプション1-2-2>>>
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、TRSのシンボル間隔/シンボル数(スロット内シンボル数)を指示されてもよい。
<<<Option 1-2-2>>>
For example, the UE may be instructed about the symbol interval/number of symbols (number of symbols in a slot) of the TRS using MAC CE/DCI.
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、TRSのシンボル間隔のみを指示されてもよいし、TRSのシンボル数のみを指示されてもよいし、TRSのシンボル間隔及びシンボル数を指示されてもよいし、予めRRCを用いて設定される(又は、予め仕様で規定される)シンボル間隔及びシンボル数を組み合わせをIDを用いて指示されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be instructed using MAC CE/DCI to specify only the symbol interval of the TRS, or only the number of symbols of the TRS, or the symbol interval and number of symbols of the TRS, or may be instructed using an ID to specify a combination of the symbol interval and number of symbols that are set in advance using RRC (or that are specified in advance in the specifications).
<<<オプション1-2-3>>>
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、TRSのシンボル位置(スロット内シンボル位置)を指示されてもよい。
<<<Options 1-2-3>>>
For example, the UE may be instructed on the symbol position of the TRS (symbol position within a slot) using MAC CE/DCI.
例えば、TRSのシンボル位置を示すシンボル番号が、コードポイント又はビットマップで指示されてもよいし、予めRRCを用いて設定される(又は、予め仕様で規定される)シンボル位置を組み合わせをIDを用いて指示されてもよい。 For example, the symbol number indicating the symbol position of the TRS may be indicated by a code point or bitmap, or a combination of symbol positions set in advance using RRC (or specified in advance in the specifications) may be indicated using an ID.
<<<オプション1-2-4>>>
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、HST用のTRSの送信を通知されてもよい。
<<<Option 1-2-4>>>
For example, the UE may be notified of the transmission of the TRS for the HST using the MAC CE/DCI.
本オプションにおいて、UEに対し、RRC設定を用いてHST用のTRSが1つ(又は、少なくとも1つ)設定されてもよい。 In this option, one (or at least one) TRS for HST may be configured for the UE using RRC configuration.
例えば、UEは、MAC CE/DCIに含まれるフィールド(例えば、1ビットのフィールド)を用いて、通常の(通常のモビリティ用の)TRSの送信、又は、HST用のTRSの送信のいずれかを通知されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be notified of either transmitting a normal TRS (for normal mobility) or a TRS for HST using a field (e.g., a 1-bit field) included in the MAC CE/DCI.
例えば、当該フィールドが第1の値(例えば、0)を示すとき、UEは通常のTRSが送信されることを想定し、当該フィールドが第2の値(例えば、1)を示すとき、UEはHST用のTRSが送信されることを想定してもよい。 For example, when the field indicates a first value (e.g., 0), the UE may assume that a normal TRS is being transmitted, and when the field indicates a second value (e.g., 1), the UE may assume that a TRS for HST is being transmitted.
<<<オプション1-2-5>>>
例えば、UEに対しMAC CE/DCIを用いて特定の通知がされた場合、UEは、HST用のTRSが送信されることを判断してもよい。
<<<Option 1-2-5>>>
For example, if the UE is specifically notified using MAC CE/DCI, the UE may determine that a TRS for HST is to be transmitted.
当該特定の通知は、例えば、TCI状態に関する通知であってもよい。例えば、UEは、複数(例えば、2つ)のTCI状態を指示する通知を受信した場合、HST用のTRSが送信されると判断してもよい。 The specific notification may be, for example, a notification regarding the TCI state. For example, if the UE receives a notification indicating multiple (e.g., two) TCI states, it may determine that a TRS for HST is to be transmitted.
<<<変形例>>>
UEに対してRRCを用いて設定可能なTRSの候補数(最大数)と、UEに対してMAC CE/DCIを用いて指示可能なTRSの候補数(最大数)とは、上位レイヤシグナリングを用いて設定されてもよいし、予め仕様で規定されてもよいし、報告されるUE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。
<<<Modifications>>>
The maximum number of TRS candidates that can be configured for a UE using RRC and the maximum number of TRS candidates that can be instructed for a UE using MAC CE/DCI may be configured using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance in a specification, may be determined based on reported UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
UEは、MAC CE/DCIを利用する通知の受信/送信から特定の期間(例えば、Xシンボル/スロット/ms)の経過後に、HST(HST用のTRS)/通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)が適用されると判断/想定してもよい。 The UE may determine/assume that HST (TRS for HST)/normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) will be applied after a certain period of time (e.g., X symbols/slots/ms) has elapsed since receiving/transmitting a notification using MAC CE/DCI.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、[新規]MAC CE/DCIを用いて通知されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be notified using [new] MAC CE/DCI.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、予め規定/設定される特定のタイマが満了したときに実行されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when a specific timer that is pre-defined/set expires.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、HST用TRP/通常TRSを適用するスロット数/TRS数が設定され、特定のカウンタが特定の値に達したときに実行されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when the number of slots/number of TRSs to which the HST TRP/normal TRS is applied is set and a specific counter reaches a specific value.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えに関する要求を、UEがNWに対して送信してもよい。 The UE may send a request to the NW regarding switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility).
上記X、特定のタイマ、特定のカウンタは、予め仕様で規定されてもよいし、上位レイヤシグナリングを用いてUEに設定されてもよいし、UE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。 The above X, specific timer, and specific counter may be specified in advance in the specifications, may be configured in the UE using higher layer signaling, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
上記特定のタイマ/カウンタが適用される場合であって、UEがHST(HST用のTRS)用のMAC CE/DCIを受信する場合、UEは、特定のタイマ/カウンタのリセット/リスタートを行ってもよい。 If the above specific timer/counter is applied and the UE receives a MAC CE/DCI for HST (TRS for HST), the UE may reset/restart the specific timer/counter.
上記特定のタイマ/カウンタが適用される場合であって、UEが通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)用のMAC CE/DCIを受信する場合、UEは、特定のタイマ/カウンタが満了した/切れたと判断/想定してもよい。 If the above specific timer/counter is applied and the UE receives a MAC CE/DCI for normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility), the UE may determine/assume that the specific timer/counter has expired/countered.
第1の実施形態におけるMAC CE/DCIによる指示は、サービングセル/エリア(セルフリーにおける第2のセル)/TRPごとに指示されてもよいし、非サービングセル/エリア/TRP、及び、候補セル/エリア/TRP、の少なくとも一方ごとに指示されてもよい。 In the first embodiment, the instruction by the MAC CE/DCI may be given for each serving cell/area (second cell in a cell-free environment)/TRP, or for at least one of a non-serving cell/area/TRP and a candidate cell/area/TRP.
実施形態1-2によれば、HST用のTRSを適切に指示することができる。 According to embodiment 1-2, the TRS for the HST can be appropriately indicated.
<<実施形態1-3>>
UEは、複数のタイプのTRS(例えば、NZP CSI-RS)を設定されてもよい。
<<Embodiment 1-3>>
A UE may be configured with multiple types of TRS (eg, NZP CSI-RS).
TRPの複数のタイプは、例えば、周期的、非周期的、及び、セミパーシステントの少なくとも2つであってもよい。本実施形態におけるTRSのタイプは、任意のタイプと読み替えられてもよい。 The multiple types of TRP may be, for example, at least two of periodic, aperiodic, and semi-persistent. The type of TRS in this embodiment may be interpreted as any type.
第1の(例えば、周期的)NZP CSI-RSの構成は、既存の周期的NZP CSI-RSの構成と同じであってもよい。 The configuration of the first (e.g., periodic) NZP CSI-RS may be the same as the configuration of the existing periodic NZP CSI-RS.
UEは、第1のNZP CSI-RSの構成に基づくTRSと、第2の(例えば、非周期的/セミパーシステント)NZP CSI-RSの構成に基づくTRSと、を受信してもよい。 The UE may receive a TRS based on a first NZP CSI-RS configuration and a TRS based on a second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RS configuration.
本実施形態のような構成によれば、既存のTRSと比較して、スロットあたりに送信できるTRSシンボルを増加させることができる。 With a configuration like this embodiment, it is possible to increase the number of TRS symbols that can be transmitted per slot compared to existing TRS.
スロットあたりに送信できるTRSシンボルの数は、上位レイヤシグナリングを用いて設定されてもよいし、予め仕様で規定されてもよいし、UE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。 The number of TRS symbols that can be transmitted per slot may be set using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
例えば、UEに対し、第2の(例えば、非周期的/セミパーシステント)NZP CSI-RSの数が設定されてもよい。 For example, the number of second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RS may be configured for the UE.
スロットあたりに送信できるTRSシンボルの数は、TRPごと/セルごと/エリアごとに設定されてもよい。 The number of TRS symbols that can be transmitted per slot may be configured per TRP/cell/area.
例えば、UEに対し、RRCシグナリングを用いて、1つ又は複数の第2の(例えば、非周期的/セミパーシステント)NZP CSI-RSに関する設定が通知されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be notified of the configuration of one or more second (e.g., aperiodic/semi-persistent) NZP CSI-RSs using RRC signaling.
第2のNZP CSI-RSは、第1のNZP CSI-RSと同じであってもよいし、異なってもよい。 The second NZP CSI-RS may be the same as or different from the first NZP CSI-RS.
NZP CSI-RSに係る設定は、例えば、上記実施形態1-1に記載される少なくとも1つが適用されてもよい。 For example, at least one of the settings described in embodiment 1-1 above may be applied to the NZP CSI-RS settings.
例えば、UEに対し、MAC CE/DCIを用いて、どの第2のNZP CSI-RSをトリガするかが指示されてもよい。 For example, the UE may be instructed using MAC CE/DCI which second NZP CSI-RS to trigger.
MAC CE/DCIを用いる指示は、例えば、上記実施形態1-2に記載される少なくとも1つ(例えば、オプション1-2-1/1-2-3/1-2-4/1-2-5)が適用されてもよい。 The instruction using MAC CE/DCI may be, for example, at least one of those described in embodiment 1-2 above (e.g., options 1-2-1/1-2-3/1-2-4/1-2-5).
指示可能な第2のNZP CSI-RSの数、指示を適用するまでの時間、TRS/モビリティの切り替え、及び、通知対象(例えば、サービングセル/エリア/TRP、非サービングセル/エリア/TRP、候補セル/エリア/TRP)の少なくとも1つは、上記実施形態1-2に記載される方法が適用されてもよい。 The method described in embodiments 1-2 above may be applied to at least one of the number of second NZP CSI-RSs that can be instructed, the time until the instruction is applied, TRS/mobility switching, and notification target (e.g., serving cell/area/TRP, non-serving cell/area/TRP, candidate cell/area/TRP).
特定の条件が満たされる場合、特定の上位レイヤパラメータが設定される場合、及び特定のUE能力情報が報告される場合、の少なくとも1つにおいて、UEは、第1のNZP CSI-RSのリソースと、第2のNZP CSI-RSリソースとの位相が連続すると想定/判断してもよい。このように規定することで、複数のタイプのNZP CSI-RSを利用しても、適切にドップラーシフトを測定することができる。 When certain conditions are met, when certain higher layer parameters are configured, and/or when certain UE capability information is reported, the UE may assume/determine that the phases of the first NZP CSI-RS resource and the second NZP CSI-RS resource are continuous. By specifying this in this way, it is possible to appropriately measure the Doppler shift even when multiple types of NZP CSI-RS are used.
図18は、実施形態1-3に係るTRSの配置の一例を示す図である。図18に示す例において、UEに対し、周期的NZP CSI-RSと、非周期的NZP CSI-RSとが設定/指示される。周期的NZP CSI-RSと、非周期的NZP CSI-RSとを用いて、ドップラーシフトの測定を行う。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of TRS arrangement according to embodiments 1-3. In the example shown in FIG. 18, a periodic NZP CSI-RS and an aperiodic NZP CSI-RS are configured/instructed to the UE. Doppler shift is measured using the periodic NZP CSI-RS and the aperiodic NZP CSI-RS.
実施形態1-3によれば、既存のTRSを複数利用することによって、高周波数帯に対応可能なTRSの構成を実現することができる。 According to embodiments 1-3, by using multiple existing TRSs, it is possible to realize a TRS configuration that is compatible with high frequency bands.
<<実施形態1-4>>
UEは、HST用のTRS送信をNWに対して要求してもよい。
<<Embodiment 1-4>>
The UE may request the NW to transmit TRS for HST.
例えば、特定のイベントが満たされた場合、UEは、HST用のTRS送信の要求を送信してもよい。 For example, if a specific event is met, the UE may send a request to transmit a TRS for HST.
当該特定のイベントは、上位レイヤシグナリングを用いて設定されてもよいし、予め仕様で規定されてもよいし、UE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。 The specific event may be configured using higher layer signaling, may be specified in advance in a specification, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
例えば、特定のイベントについて、HSTを判定/判断するための新規イベントが設定/規定されてもよい。 For example, a new event may be set/defined for determining/assessing HST for a specific event.
また、例えば、特定のイベントについて、既存(Rel.18まで)のイベントが再利用されてもよい。 Also, for example, for specific events, existing events (up to Rel. 18) may be reused.
また、例えば、UEは、UEの実装に基づいて、HST用のTRS送信の要求を送信してもよい。 Also, for example, the UE may transmit a request for TRS transmission for HST based on the UE's implementation.
UEは、イベント発生/要求の送信から特定の期間(例えば、Xシンボル/スロット/ms)の経過後に、HST(HST用のTRS)/通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)が適用されると判断/想定してもよい。 The UE may determine/assume that HST (TRS for HST)/normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) will be applied after a certain period of time (e.g., X symbols/slots/ms) has elapsed since the event occurred/request was sent.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、[新規]MAC CE/DCIを用いて通知されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be notified using [new] MAC CE/DCI.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、予め規定/設定される特定のタイマが満了したときに実行されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when a specific timer that is pre-defined/set expires.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えは、HST用TRP/通常TRSを適用するスロット数/TRS数が設定され、特定のカウンタが特定の値に達したときに実行されてもよい。 Switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility) may be performed when the number of slots/number of TRSs to which the HST TRP/normal TRS is applied is set and a specific counter reaches a specific value.
HST(HST用のTRS)及び通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)の切り替えに関する要求を、UEがNWに対して送信してもよい。 The UE may send a request to the NW regarding switching between HST (TRS for HST) and normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility).
上記X、特定のタイマ、特定のカウンタは、予め仕様で規定されてもよいし、上位レイヤシグナリングを用いてUEに設定されてもよいし、UE能力情報に基づいて決定されてもよいし、これらの組み合わせに基づいて決定されてもよい。 The above X, specific timer, and specific counter may be specified in advance in the specifications, may be configured in the UE using higher layer signaling, may be determined based on UE capability information, or may be determined based on a combination of these.
上記特定のタイマ/カウンタが適用される場合であって、UEがHST(HST用のTRS)用のMAC CE/DCIを受信する場合、UEは、特定のタイマ/カウンタのリセット/リスタートを行ってもよい。 If the above specific timer/counter is applied and the UE receives a MAC CE/DCI for HST (TRS for HST), the UE may reset/restart the specific timer/counter.
上記特定のタイマ/カウンタが適用される場合であって、UEが通常モビリティ(通常モビリティ用のTRS)用のMAC CE/DCIを受信する場合、UEは、特定のタイマ/カウンタが満了した/切れたと判断/想定してもよい。 If the above specific timer/counter is applied and the UE receives a MAC CE/DCI for normal mobility (TRS for normal mobility), the UE may determine/assume that the specific timer/counter has expired/countered.
UEが送信する要求は、特定のULチャネル/信号(例えば、PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS/その他のUL信号)を利用して送信されてもよい。 The request sent by the UE may be transmitted using a specific UL channel/signal (e.g., PUCCH/PUSCH/PRACH/SRS/other UL signal).
例えば、UEは、スケジューリング要求(SR)を用いて当該要求を送信してもよい。当該SRについて、SR設定/SRリソースが、当該要求用に設定/規定されてもよい。 For example, the UE may transmit the request using a scheduling request (SR), for which SR settings/SR resources may be configured/defined for the request.
例えば、UEは、当該要求用のSR設定/SRリソースが設定されない場合、通常のSR設定/SRリソースを利用してもよい。 For example, if the SR setting/SR resource for the request is not configured, the UE may use the normal SR setting/SR resource.
例えば、UEは、MAC CEを用いて当該要求を送信してもよい。UEは、ULグラントを受信する場合(例えば、PUSCHの[空き]リソースが存在する場合)、当該PUSCHにおいて当該MAC CEを送信してもよい。また、UEは、SRを送信して当該ULグラントを要求してもよい。 For example, the UE may send the request using a MAC CE. If the UE receives an UL grant (e.g., if there are free PUSCH resources), it may send the MAC CE on the PUSCH. The UE may also request the UL grant by sending an SR.
例えば、UEは、UCIを用いて当該要求を送信してもよい。 For example, the UE may send the request using UCI.
この場合、例えば、UEは、周期的/セミパーシステントCSI報告において割り当てられるリソースを用いてもよい。 In this case, for example, the UE may use the resources allocated in periodic/semi-persistent CSI reporting.
また、CSI報告と識別するために、UCI内に用途を識別するためのビットが規定されてもよいし、UCI内の特定のビット(ビット長)が用途識別の目的に使用されてもよい。 Furthermore, to distinguish it from a CSI report, a bit for identifying the use may be specified in the UCI, or a specific bit (bit length) in the UCI may be used for the purpose of use identification.
UEが送信する要求には、HST/ハイモビリティを要求するビット(例えば、1ビット)、及び、適用するTRP/セル/エリアの番号/ID、の少なくとも1つが含まれてもよい。 The request sent by the UE may include at least one of a bit requesting HST/high mobility (e.g., 1 bit) and the number/ID of the applicable TRP/cell/area.
実施形態1-4によれば、HST及びHST用TRSの設定/指示を適切に要求することができる。 According to embodiments 1-4, it is possible to appropriately request the setting/instruction of the HST and the TRS for the HST.
以上第1の実施形態によれば、HST用のTRSを利用することにより、高周波数帯を利用する場合であっても、適切にドップラーシフトの測定を行うことができる。 According to the first embodiment, by using a TRS for HST, it is possible to properly measure Doppler shift even when using high frequency bands.
<第2の実施形態>
第2の実施形態は、ドップラー推定に関する。
Second Embodiment
The second embodiment relates to Doppler estimation.
UE/NWは、UE側/NW側のAI/MLモデルを用いて、ドップラーシフトの予測/推定を行ってもよい。 The UE/NW may use the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model to predict/estimate the Doppler shift.
UE/NWは、予測/推定したドップラーシフトに基づくドップラー補償を適用して、信号の送受信を行ってもよい。 The UE/NW may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the predicted/estimated Doppler shift.
UE側/NW側のAI/MLモデルに対する入力情報は、例えば、以下の少なくとも1つに関する情報を含んでもよい。
・UEの移動速度/加速度。
・UEの位置。
・周波数。
・サブキャリア間隔。
・推定に利用されるRS(例えば、DL/UL RS)の位相[結果]。
・過去の(ヒストリカルな)ドップラーシフト。
・TRPの移動速度/加速度。
・TRPの位置。
・モビリティの履歴(history)。
・モビリティルート。
The input information for the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may include, for example, information on at least one of the following:
UE movement speed/acceleration.
- UE location.
·frequency.
- Subcarrier spacing.
The phase of the RS (e.g., DL/UL RS) used for estimation [Result].
- Past (historical) Doppler shift.
-TRP movement speed/acceleration.
・TRP position.
- Mobility history.
- Mobility routes.
UE側/NW側のAI/MLモデルからの出力情報は、例えば、以下の少なくとも1つに関する情報を含んでもよい。
・ドップラーシフト予測。
・[360°を超える場合に測定できない]位相差。
The output information from the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may include, for example, information regarding at least one of the following:
- Doppler shift prediction.
Phase difference [cannot be measured if it exceeds 360°].
例えば、UE側のAI/MLモデルに対する入力情報として使用されるNW側の情報(例えば、TRPの移動速度/加速度に関する情報、TRPの位置情報の少なくとも1つ)は、例えば、UEに対しMAC CE/DCIを用いて通知されてもよい。 For example, network-side information (e.g., information regarding the TRP's movement speed/acceleration, or at least one of the TRP's location information) used as input information for the UE-side AI/ML model may be notified to the UE using, for example, MAC CE/DCI.
UEにおけるドップラー推定/補償にNW側の情報を用いることで、より精度の高いドップラー推定/補償を行うことができる。 By using information from the network side for Doppler estimation/compensation in the UE, more accurate Doppler estimation/compensation can be performed.
例えば、NW側のAI/MLモデルに対する入力情報として使用されるUE側の情報(例えば、UEの移動速度/加速度、UEの位置、推定に利用されるRS(例えば、TRS)の位相[結果]、及び、過去の(ヒストリカルな)ドップラーシフトの少なくとも1つ)は、例えば、NWに対しMAC CE/UCIを用いて送信されてもよい。 For example, UE-side information used as input information for the NW-side AI/ML model (e.g., UE movement speed/acceleration, UE position, RS (e.g., TRS) phase [result] used for estimation, and at least one of past (historical) Doppler shift) may be transmitted to the NW using, for example, MAC CE/UCI.
NWにおけるドップラー推定/補償にUE側の情報を用いることで、より精度の高いドップラー推定/補償を行うことができる。 By using information from the UE for Doppler estimation/compensation in the network, more accurate Doppler estimation/compensation can be performed.
例えば、UEは、NW側のAI/MLモデルからの出力情報を、MAC CE/DCIを用いて受信してもよい。 For example, the UE may receive output information from the AI/ML model on the network side using MAC CE/DCI.
UEにおけるドップラー補償にNW側の出力情報を用いることで、より精度の高いドップラー補償を行うことができる。 By using network output information for Doppler compensation in the UE, more accurate Doppler compensation can be performed.
例えば、UEは、UW側のAI/MLモデルからの出力情報を、MAC CE/UCIを用いて受信してもよい。 For example, the UE may receive output information from the AI/ML model on the UW side using MAC CE/UCI.
NWにおけるドップラー補償にUE側の出力情報を用いることで、より精度の高いドップラー補償を行うことができる。 By using output information from the UE for Doppler compensation in the network, more accurate Doppler compensation can be performed.
UE側/NW側のAI/MLモデルからの出力情報は、Rel.17で規定されるHST/SFNにおけるドップラー補償に利用されてもよい。 The output information from the UE-side/NW-side AI/ML model may be used for Doppler compensation in HST/SFN as specified in Rel. 17.
図19は、第2の実施形態に係るドップラー推定の一例を示す図である。図19に示すように、UE/NWは、t=0、1、2における位相回転を入力情報として、AIモデルを利用して未来の(t=3)移動回転を推定する。UE/NWは、予測/推定したドップラーシフトに基づいて、ドップラー補償を行う。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of Doppler estimation according to the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 19, the UE/NW uses the phase rotations at t = 0, 1, and 2 as input information to estimate the future (t = 3) movement rotation using an AI model. The UE/NW performs Doppler compensation based on the predicted/estimated Doppler shift.
なお、本実施形態におけるRS(例えば、TRS)は、既存の(Rel.18までに規定される)TRSと同じ方法を用いて送信されてもよい。 Note that the RS (e.g., TRS) in this embodiment may be transmitted using the same method as the existing TRS (specified up to Rel. 18).
また、本実施形態におけるRS(例えば、TRS)は、既存の(Rel.18までに規定される)TRSと異なる方法を用いて送信されてもよい。この場合、本実施形態は、上述の第1の実施形態と適宜組み合わせて適用されてもよい。 Furthermore, the RS (e.g., TRS) in this embodiment may be transmitted using a method different from that of the existing TRS (defined up to Rel. 18). In this case, this embodiment may be applied in appropriate combination with the first embodiment described above.
以上第2の実施形態によれば、AI/MLモデルを利用することにより、高周波数帯を利用する場合であっても、適切にドップラー補償を行うことができる。 According to the second embodiment, by using the AI/ML model, it is possible to perform appropriate Doppler compensation even when using high frequency bands.
<補足>
<<UEへの情報の通知>>
上述の実施形態における(ネットワーク(Network(NW))(例えば、基地局(Base Station(BS)))から)UEへの任意の情報の通知(言い換えると、UEにおけるBSからの任意の情報の受信)は、物理レイヤシグナリング(例えば、DCI)、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRCシグナリング、MAC CE)、特定の信号/チャネル(例えば、PDCCH、PDSCH、参照信号)、又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて行われてもよい。
<Additional Information>
<<Notification of information to UE>>
In the above-described embodiments, notification of any information (from a network (NW) (e.g., a base station (BS))) to a UE (in other words, reception of any information from the BS by the UE) may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., DCI), higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling, MAC CE), a specific signal/channel (e.g., PDCCH, PDSCH, reference signal), or a combination thereof.
上記通知がMAC CEによって行われる場合、当該MAC CEは、既存の規格では規定されていない新たな論理チャネルID(Logical Channel ID(LCID))がMACサブヘッダに含まれることによって識別されてもよい。 If the above notification is made by a MAC CE, the MAC CE may be identified by including a new Logical Channel ID (LCID) in the MAC subheader that is not specified in existing standards.
上記通知がDCIによって行われる場合、上記通知は、当該DCIの特定のフィールド、当該DCIに付与される巡回冗長検査(Cyclic Redundancy Check(CRC))ビットのスクランブルに用いられる無線ネットワーク一時識別子(Radio Network Temporary Identifier(RNTI))、当該DCIのフォーマットなどによって行われてもよい。 If the notification is made by DCI, the notification may be made by a specific field of the DCI, a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) used to scramble the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bits assigned to the DCI, the format of the DCI, etc.
また、上述の実施形態におけるUEへの任意の情報の通知は、周期的、セミパーシステント又は非周期的に行われてもよい。 Furthermore, notification of any information to the UE in the above-described embodiments may be performed periodically, semi-persistently, or aperiodically.
<<UEからの情報の通知>>
上述の実施形態におけるUEから(NWへ)の任意の情報の通知(言い換えると、UEにおけるBSへの任意の情報の送信/報告)は、物理レイヤシグナリング(例えば、UCI)、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、RRCシグナリング、MAC CE)、特定の信号/チャネル(例えば、PUCCH、PUSCH、PRACH、参照信号)、又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて行われてもよい。
<<Notification of information from UE>>
In the above-described embodiments, notification of any information from the UE (to the NW) (in other words, transmission/reporting of any information from the UE to the BS) may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., UCI), higher layer signaling (e.g., RRC signaling, MAC CE), specific signals/channels (e.g., PUCCH, PUSCH, PRACH, reference signals), or a combination thereof.
上記通知がMAC CEによって行われる場合、当該MAC CEは、既存の規格では規定されていない新たなLCIDがMACサブヘッダに含まれることによって識別されてもよい。 If the above notification is made by a MAC CE, the MAC CE may be identified by including a new LCID in the MAC subheader that is not specified in existing standards.
上記通知がUCIによって行われる場合、上記通知は、PUCCH又はPUSCHを用いて送信されてもよい。 If the notification is made by UCI, the notification may be transmitted using PUCCH or PUSCH.
また、上述の実施形態におけるUEからの任意の情報の通知は、周期的、セミパーシステント又は非周期的に行われてもよい。 Furthermore, any information notification from the UE in the above-described embodiments may be performed periodically, semi-persistently, or aperiodically.
<<各実施形態の適用について>>
UE/BSにおいて、上述の実施形態の少なくとも1つについての特定の(1つ又は複数の)処理/動作/制御/想定/情報は、以下のいずれか又はこれらの複数の条件を満たす場合に適用されてもよい(用いられてもよい):
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報を示す上位レイヤパラメータが設定される。
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報が、関連する上位レイヤパラメータに基づいて決定される。
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報が、MAC CE/DCI/UCI/リソース/チャネル/RSによって、指定/アクティベート/トリガされる。
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報を示す(又は、に関連する)特定のUE能力(UE capability)を、報告する又はサポートする。
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報の適用が、特定の条件に基づいて判断される。
<<Application of each embodiment>>
In a UE/BS, the specific process/operation/control/assumption/information(s) of at least one of the above-described embodiments may be applied (used) when one or more of the following conditions are met:
- Upper layer parameters indicating the above specific processing/operation/control/assumption/information are set.
The specific processing/actions/controls/assumptions/information are determined based on relevant higher layer parameters.
- The above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information are specified/activated/triggered by MAC CE/DCI/UCI/resources/channels/RS.
Reporting or supporting specific UE capabilities indicating (or relating to) the above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information.
The application of the specific process/action/control/assumption/information is determined based on specific conditions.
上記特定のUE能力は、以下の少なくとも1つを示してもよい:
・上記特定の処理/動作/制御/想定/情報をサポートすること。
・HST用TRSをサポートすること。
・サポートするTRS構成の数。
The specific UE capabilities may indicate at least one of the following:
- Supporting the above specific processes/actions/controls/assumptions/information.
- Support TRS for HST.
Number of supported TRS configurations.
また、上記特定のUE能力は、全周波数にわたって(周波数に関わらず共通に)適用される能力であってもよいし、周波数(例えば、セル、バンド、バンドコンビネーション、BWP、コンポーネントキャリアなどの1つ又はこれらの組み合わせ)ごとの能力であってもよいし、周波数レンジ(例えば、Frequency Range 1(FR1)、FR2、FR3、FR4、FR5、FR2-1、FR2-2)ごとの能力であってもよいし、サブキャリア間隔(SubCarrier Spacing(SCS))ごとの能力であってもよいし、Feature Set(FS)又はFeature Set Per Component-carrier(FSPC)ごとの能力であってもよい。 Furthermore, the above-mentioned specific UE capabilities may be capabilities that are applied across all frequencies (commonly regardless of frequency), capabilities for each frequency (e.g., one or a combination of cell, band, band combination, BWP, component carrier, etc.), capabilities for each frequency range (e.g., Frequency Range 1 (FR1), FR2, FR3, FR4, FR5, FR2-1, FR2-2), capabilities for each subcarrier spacing (SubCarrier Spacing (SCS)), or capabilities for each Feature Set (FS) or Feature Set Per Component-carrier (FSPC)).
また、上記特定のUE能力は、全複信方式にわたって(複信方式に関わらず共通に)適用される能力であってもよいし、複信方式(例えば、時分割複信(Time Division Duplex(TDD))、周波数分割複信(Frequency Division Duplex(FDD)))ごとの能力であってもよい。 Furthermore, the above-mentioned specific UE capabilities may be capabilities that apply across all duplexing methods (commonly regardless of the duplexing method), or may be capabilities for each duplexing method (e.g., Time Division Duplex (TDD) or Frequency Division Duplex (FDD)).
UE/BSは、上記条件が満たされない場合、既存の3GPPリリースにおいて規定される動作に従ってもよい。 If the above conditions are not met, the UE/BS may follow the behavior specified in existing 3GPP releases.
(付記)
本開示の一実施形態に関して、以下の発明を付記する。
[付記1-1]
ハイモビリティ用の設定及び前記バイモビリティ用の指示の少なくとも一方を受信する受信部と、前記設定及び前記指示の少なくとも一方に基づいて、下りリンク参照信号の受信を制御する制御部と、を有する端末。
[付記1-2]
前記下りリンク参照信号は、前記ハイモビリティ以外の用途の下りリンク参照信号とは別に設定及び指示される、前記1-1に記載の端末。
[付記1-3]
前記下りリンク参照信号は、複数のタイプのノンゼロパワーチャネル状態情報参照信号を含む、付記1-1又は付記1-2に記載の端末。
[付記1-4]
前記制御部は、特定のイベントに基づいて前記下りリンク信号の送信の要求を送信するよう制御する、付記1-1から付記1-3のいずれかに記載の端末。
[付記2-1]
端末側の第1のArtificial Intelligence(AI)モデルからの第1の出力情報と、ネットワーク側の第2のAIモデルからの第2の出力情報と、の少なくとも一方に基づいてドップラー推定を行う制御部と、前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行う送受信部と、を有する端末。
[付記2-2]
前記第1の出力情報は、前記端末側の入力情報及び前記ネットワーク側の入力情報の少なくとも1つに基づく、付記2-1に記載の端末。
[付記2-3]
前記送受信部は、Medium Access Control(MAC)制御要素及び上りリンク制御情報の少なくとも一方を用いて、前記ネットワークに前記第1の出力情報を送信する、付記2-1又は付記2-2に記載の端末。
[付記2-4]
前記送受信部は、Medium Access Control(MAC)制御要素及び下りリンク制御情報の少なくとも一方を用いて、前記ネットワークから前記第2の出力情報を受信する、付記2-1から付記2-3のいずれかに記載の端末。
(Additional Note)
The following inventions are added regarding one embodiment of the present disclosure.
[Appendix 1-1]
A terminal having: a receiving unit that receives at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility; and a control unit that controls reception of a downlink reference signal based on at least one of the setting and the instruction.
[Appendix 1-2]
The terminal according to 1-1, wherein the downlink reference signal is set and indicated separately from a downlink reference signal for purposes other than the high mobility.
[Appendix 1-3]
The terminal according to Supplementary Note 1-1 or Supplementary Note 1-2, wherein the downlink reference signal includes a plurality of types of non-zero power channel state information reference signals.
[Appendix 1-4]
The terminal according to any one of Supplementary Note 1-1 to Supplementary Note 1-3, wherein the control unit controls to transmit a request for transmission of the downlink signal based on a specific event.
[Appendix 2-1]
A terminal having a control unit that performs Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first Artificial Intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side, and a transceiver unit that transmits and receives signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
[Appendix 2-2]
The terminal according to Supplementary Note 2-1, wherein the first output information is based on at least one of input information on the terminal side and input information on the network side.
[Appendix 2-3]
The terminal according to Supplementary Note 2-1 or Supplementary Note 2-2, wherein the transceiver unit transmits the first output information to the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and uplink control information.
[Appendix 2-4]
The terminal according to any one of Supplementary Note 2-1 to Supplementary Note 2-3, wherein the transceiver unit receives the second output information from the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and downlink control information.
(無線通信システム)
以下、本開示の一実施形態に係る無線通信システムの構成について説明する。この無線通信システムでは、本開示の上記各実施形態に係る無線通信方法のいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いて通信が行われる。
(wireless communication system)
The configuration of a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described below. In this wireless communication system, communication is performed using any one of the wireless communication methods according to the above embodiments of the present disclosure or a combination thereof.
図20は、一実施形態に係る無線通信システムの概略構成の一例を示す図である。無線通信システム1(単にシステム1と呼ばれてもよい)は、Third Generation Partnership Project(3GPP)によって仕様化されるLong Term Evolution(LTE)、5th generation mobile communication system New Radio(5G NR)などを用いて通信を実現するシステムであってもよい。 FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the schematic configuration of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment. Wireless communication system 1 (which may simply be referred to as system 1) may be a system that achieves communication using Long Term Evolution (LTE) specified by the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), 5th generation mobile communication system New Radio (5G NR), or the like.
また、無線通信システム1は、複数のRadio Access Technology(RAT)間のデュアルコネクティビティ(マルチRATデュアルコネクティビティ(Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity(MR-DC)))をサポートしてもよい。MR-DCは、LTE(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access(E-UTRA))とNRとのデュアルコネクティビティ(E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity(EN-DC))、NRとLTEとのデュアルコネクティビティ(NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity(NE-DC))などを含んでもよい。 The wireless communication system 1 may also support dual connectivity between multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) (Multi-RAT Dual Connectivity (MR-DC)). MR-DC may include dual connectivity between LTE (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)) and NR (E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity (EN-DC)), dual connectivity between NR and LTE (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity (NE-DC)), etc.
EN-DCでは、LTE(E-UTRA)の基地局(eNB)がマスタノード(Master Node(MN))であり、NRの基地局(gNB)がセカンダリノード(Secondary Node(SN))である。NE-DCでは、NRの基地局(gNB)がMNであり、LTE(E-UTRA)の基地局(eNB)がSNである。 In EN-DC, the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the master node (MN), and the NR base station (gNB) is the secondary node (SN). In NE-DC, the NR base station (gNB) is the MN, and the LTE (E-UTRA) base station (eNB) is the SN.
無線通信システム1は、同一のRAT内の複数の基地局間のデュアルコネクティビティ(例えば、MN及びSNの双方がNRの基地局(gNB)であるデュアルコネクティビティ(NR-NR Dual Connectivity(NN-DC)))をサポートしてもよい。 The wireless communication system 1 may support dual connectivity between multiple base stations within the same RAT (for example, dual connectivity where both the MN and SN are NR base stations (gNBs) (NR-NR Dual Connectivity (NN-DC))).
無線通信システム1は、比較的カバレッジの広いマクロセルC1を形成する基地局11と、マクロセルC1内に配置され、マクロセルC1よりも狭いスモールセルC2を形成する基地局12(12a-12c)と、を備えてもよい。ユーザ端末20は、少なくとも1つのセル内に位置してもよい。各セル及びユーザ端末20の配置、数などは、図に示す態様に限定されない。以下、基地局11及び12を区別しない場合は、基地局10と総称する。 The wireless communication system 1 may include a base station 11 that forms a macrocell C1 with relatively wide coverage, and base stations 12 (12a-12c) that are located within the macrocell C1 and form a small cell C2 that is smaller than the macrocell C1. A user terminal 20 may be located within at least one of the cells. The location and number of each cell and user terminal 20 are not limited to the configuration shown in the figure. Hereinafter, when there is no need to distinguish between base stations 11 and 12, they will be collectively referred to as base station 10.
ユーザ端末20は、複数の基地局10のうち、少なくとも1つに接続してもよい。ユーザ端末20は、複数のコンポーネントキャリア(Component Carrier(CC))を用いたキャリアアグリゲーション(Carrier Aggregation(CA))及びデュアルコネクティビティ(DC)の少なくとも一方を利用してもよい。 The user terminal 20 may be connected to at least one of the multiple base stations 10. The user terminal 20 may use at least one of carrier aggregation (CA) using multiple component carriers (CC) and dual connectivity (DC).
各CCは、第1の周波数帯(Frequency Range 1(FR1))及び第2の周波数帯(Frequency Range 2(FR2))の少なくとも1つに含まれてもよい。マクロセルC1はFR1に含まれてもよいし、スモールセルC2はFR2に含まれてもよい。例えば、FR1は、6GHz以下の周波数帯(サブ6GHz(sub-6GHz))であってもよいし、FR2は、24GHzよりも高い周波数帯(above-24GHz)であってもよい。なお、FR1及びFR2の周波数帯、定義などはこれらに限られず、例えばFR1がFR2よりも高い周波数帯に該当してもよい。 Each CC may be included in at least one of a first frequency band (Frequency Range 1 (FR1)) and a second frequency band (Frequency Range 2 (FR2)). Macrocell C1 may be included in FR1, and small cell C2 may be included in FR2. For example, FR1 may be a frequency band below 6 GHz (sub-6 GHz), and FR2 may be a frequency band above 24 GHz (above-24 GHz). Note that the frequency bands and definitions of FR1 and FR2 are not limited to these, and for example, FR1 may correspond to a higher frequency band than FR2.
また、ユーザ端末20は、各CCにおいて、時分割複信(Time Division Duplex(TDD))及び周波数分割複信(Frequency Division Duplex(FDD))の少なくとも1つを用いて通信を行ってもよい。 Furthermore, the user terminal 20 may communicate using at least one of time division duplex (TDD) and frequency division duplex (FDD) in each CC.
複数の基地局10は、有線(例えば、Common Public Radio Interface(CPRI)に準拠した光ファイバ、X2インターフェースなど)又は無線(例えば、NR通信)によって接続されてもよい。例えば、基地局11及び12間においてNR通信がバックホールとして利用される場合、上位局に該当する基地局11はIntegrated Access Backhaul(IAB)ドナー、中継局(リレー)に該当する基地局12はIABノードと呼ばれてもよい。 Multiple base stations 10 may be connected by wire (e.g., optical fiber compliant with the Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI), X2 interface, etc.) or wirelessly (e.g., NR communication). For example, if NR communication is used as a backhaul between base stations 11 and 12, base station 11, which corresponds to the upper station, may be called an Integrated Access Backhaul (IAB) donor, and base station 12, which corresponds to the relay station (relay), may be called an IAB node.
基地局10は、他の基地局10を介して、又は直接コアネットワーク30に接続されてもよい。コアネットワーク30は、例えば、Evolved Packet Core(EPC)、5G Core Network(5GCN)、Next Generation Core(NGC)などの少なくとも1つを含んでもよい。 A base station 10 may be connected to the core network 30 directly or via another base station 10. The core network 30 may include, for example, at least one of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), a 5G Core Network (5GCN), a Next Generation Core (NGC), etc.
コアネットワーク30は、例えば、User Plane Function(UPF)、Access and Mobility management Function(AMF)、Session Management Function(SMF)、Unified Data Management(UDM)、Application Function(AF)、Data Network(DN)、Location Management Function(LMF)、保守運用管理(Operation、Administration and Maintenance(Management)(OAM))などのネットワーク機能(Network Functions(NF))を含んでもよい。なお、1つのネットワークノードによって複数の機能が提供されてもよい。また、DNを介して外部ネットワーク(例えば、インターネット)との通信が行われてもよい。 The core network 30 may include network functions (Network Functions (NF)) such as, for example, a User Plane Function (UPF), an Access and Mobility management Function (AMF), a Session Management Function (SMF), a Unified Data Management (UDM), an Application Function (AF), a Data Network (DN), a Location Management Function (LMF), and Operation, Administration and Maintenance (Management) (OAM). Note that multiple functions may be provided by a single network node. Communication with an external network (e.g., the Internet) may also be performed via the DN.
ユーザ端末20は、LTE、LTE-A、5Gなどの通信方式の少なくとも1つに対応した端末であってもよい。 The user terminal 20 may be a terminal that supports at least one of the communication methods such as LTE, LTE-A, and 5G.
無線通信システム1においては、直交周波数分割多重(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing(OFDM))ベースの無線アクセス方式が利用されてもよい。例えば、下りリンク(Downlink(DL))及び上りリンク(Uplink(UL))の少なくとも一方において、Cyclic Prefix OFDM(CP-OFDM)、Discrete Fourier Transform Spread OFDM(DFT-s-OFDM)、Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access(OFDMA)、Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access(SC-FDMA)などが利用されてもよい。 In the wireless communication system 1, a wireless access method based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) may be used. For example, in at least one of the downlink (DL) and uplink (UL), Cyclic Prefix OFDM (CP-OFDM), Discrete Fourier Transform Spread OFDM (DFT-s-OFDM), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA), etc. may be used.
無線アクセス方式は、波形(waveform)と呼ばれてもよい。なお、無線通信システム1においては、UL及びDLの無線アクセス方式には、他の無線アクセス方式(例えば、他のシングルキャリア伝送方式、他のマルチキャリア伝送方式)が用いられてもよい。 The radio access method may also be called a waveform. Note that in the wireless communication system 1, other radio access methods (e.g., other single-carrier transmission methods, other multi-carrier transmission methods) may be used as the UL and DL radio access methods.
無線通信システム1では、下りリンクチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末20で共有される下り共有チャネル(Physical Downlink Shared Channel(PDSCH))、ブロードキャストチャネル(Physical Broadcast Channel(PBCH))、下り制御チャネル(Physical Downlink Control Channel(PDCCH))などが用いられてもよい。 In the wireless communication system 1, the downlink channel may be a downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH)) shared by each user terminal 20, a broadcast channel (Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH)), a downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH)), or the like.
また、無線通信システム1では、上りリンクチャネルとして、各ユーザ端末20で共有される上り共有チャネル(Physical Uplink Shared Channel(PUSCH))、上り制御チャネル(Physical Uplink Control Channel(PUCCH))、ランダムアクセスチャネル(Physical Random Access Channel(PRACH))などが用いられてもよい。 Furthermore, in the wireless communication system 1, an uplink shared channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH)) shared by each user terminal 20, an uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)), a random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH)), etc. may be used as an uplink channel.
PDSCHによって、ユーザデータ、上位レイヤ制御情報、System Information Block(SIB)などが伝送される。PUSCHによって、ユーザデータ、上位レイヤ制御情報などが伝送されてもよい。また、PBCHによって、Master Information Block(MIB)が伝送されてもよい。 User data, upper layer control information, System Information Block (SIB), etc. are transmitted via PDSCH. User data, upper layer control information, etc. may also be transmitted via PUSCH. Furthermore, Master Information Block (MIB) may also be transmitted via PBCH.
PDCCHによって、下位レイヤ制御情報が伝送されてもよい。下位レイヤ制御情報は、例えば、PDSCH及びPUSCHの少なくとも一方のスケジューリング情報を含む下り制御情報(Downlink Control Information(DCI))を含んでもよい。 Lower layer control information may be transmitted via the PDCCH. The lower layer control information may include, for example, Downlink Control Information (DCI) including scheduling information for at least one of the PDSCH and PUSCH.
なお、PDSCHをスケジューリングするDCIは、DLアサインメント、DL DCIなどと呼ばれてもよいし、PUSCHをスケジューリングするDCIは、ULグラント、UL DCIなどと呼ばれてもよい。なお、PDSCHはDLデータで読み替えられてもよいし、PUSCHはULデータで読み替えられてもよい。 Note that the DCI that schedules the PDSCH may be referred to as a DL assignment or DL DCI, and the DCI that schedules the PUSCH may be referred to as a UL grant or UL DCI. Note that the PDSCH may be interpreted as DL data, and the PUSCH may be interpreted as UL data.
PDCCHの検出には、制御リソースセット(COntrol REsource SET(CORESET))及びサーチスペース(search space)が利用されてもよい。CORESETは、DCIをサーチするリソースに対応する。サーチスペースは、PDCCH候補(PDCCH candidates)のサーチ領域及びサーチ方法に対応する。1つのCORESETは、1つ又は複数のサーチスペースに関連付けられてもよい。UEは、サーチスペース設定に基づいて、あるサーチスペースに関連するCORESETをモニタしてもよい。 A control resource set (CORESET) and a search space may be used to detect the PDCCH. The CORESET corresponds to the resources to search for DCI. The search space corresponds to the search area and search method for PDCCH candidates. One CORESET may be associated with one or more search spaces. The UE may monitor the CORESET associated with a certain search space based on the search space configuration.
1つのサーチスペースは、1つ又は複数のアグリゲーションレベル(aggregation Level)に該当するPDCCH候補に対応してもよい。1つ又は複数のサーチスペースは、サーチスペースセットと呼ばれてもよい。なお、本開示の「サーチスペース」、「サーチスペースセット」、「サーチスペース設定」、「サーチスペースセット設定」、「CORESET」、「CORESET設定」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 One search space may correspond to PDCCH candidates corresponding to one or more aggregation levels. One or more search spaces may be referred to as a search space set. Note that in this disclosure, "search space," "search space set," "search space setting," "search space set setting," "CORESET," "CORESET setting," etc. may be read interchangeably.
PUCCHによって、チャネル状態情報(Channel State Information(CSI))、送達確認情報(例えば、Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement(HARQ-ACK)、ACK/NACKなどと呼ばれてもよい)及びスケジューリングリクエスト(Scheduling Request(SR))の少なくとも1つを含む上り制御情報(Uplink Control Information(UCI))が伝送されてもよい。PRACHによって、セルとの接続確立のためのランダムアクセスプリアンブルが伝送されてもよい。 The PUCCH may transmit uplink control information (UCI) including at least one of channel state information (CSI), delivery confirmation information (which may be called, for example, Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK), ACK/NACK, etc.), and scheduling request (SR). The PRACH may transmit a random access preamble for establishing a connection with a cell.
なお、本開示において下りリンク、上りリンクなどは「リンク」を付けずに表現されてもよい。また、各種チャネルの先頭に「物理(Physical)」を付けずに表現されてもよい。 Note that in this disclosure, downlink, uplink, etc. may be expressed without the word "link." Also, various channels may be expressed without the word "Physical" at the beginning.
無線通信システム1では、同期信号(Synchronization Signal(SS))、下りリンク参照信号(Downlink Reference Signal(DL-RS))などが伝送されてもよい。無線通信システム1では、DL-RSとして、セル固有参照信号(Cell-specific Reference Signal(CRS))、チャネル状態情報参照信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal(CSI-RS))、復調用参照信号(DeModulation Reference Signal(DMRS))、位置決定参照信号(Positioning Reference Signal(PRS))、位相トラッキング参照信号(Phase Tracking Reference Signal(PTRS))などが伝送されてもよい。 In the wireless communication system 1, a synchronization signal (SS), a downlink reference signal (DL-RS), etc. may be transmitted. In the wireless communication system 1, as the DL-RS, a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a positioning reference signal (PRS), a phase tracking reference signal (PTRS), etc. may be transmitted.
同期信号は、例えば、プライマリ同期信号(Primary Synchronization Signal(PSS))及びセカンダリ同期信号(Secondary Synchronization Signal(SSS))の少なくとも1つであってもよい。SS(PSS、SSS)及びPBCH(及びPBCH用のDMRS)を含む信号ブロックは、SS/PBCHブロック、SS Block(SSB)などと呼ばれてもよい。なお、SS、SSBなども、参照信号と呼ばれてもよい。 The synchronization signal may be, for example, at least one of a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). A signal block including an SS (PSS, SSS) and a PBCH (and a DMRS for the PBCH) may be referred to as an SS/PBCH block, an SS block (SSB), etc. Note that SS, SSB, etc. may also be referred to as a reference signal.
また、無線通信システム1では、上りリンク参照信号(Uplink Reference Signal(UL-RS))として、測定用参照信号(Sounding Reference Signal(SRS))、復調用参照信号(DMRS)などが伝送されてもよい。なお、DMRSはユーザ端末固有参照信号(UE-specific Reference Signal)と呼ばれてもよい。 Furthermore, in the wireless communication system 1, a sounding reference signal (SRS), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), etc. may be transmitted as an uplink reference signal (UL-RS). DMRS may also be called a user equipment-specific reference signal (UE-specific Reference Signal).
(基地局)
図21は、一実施形態に係る基地局の構成の一例を示す図である。基地局10は、制御部110、送受信部120、送受信アンテナ130及び伝送路インターフェース(transmission line interface)140を備えている。なお、制御部110、送受信部120及び送受信アンテナ130及び伝送路インターフェース140は、それぞれ1つ以上が備えられてもよい。
(base station)
21 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a base station according to an embodiment. The base station 10 includes a control unit 110, a transceiver unit 120, a transceiver antenna 130, and a transmission line interface 140. Note that the base station may include one or more of each of the control unit 110, the transceiver unit 120, the transceiver antenna 130, and the transmission line interface 140.
なお、本例では、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、基地局10は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有すると想定されてもよい。以下で説明する各部の処理の一部は、省略されてもよい。 Note that this example mainly shows the functional blocks that characterize the present embodiment, and it may be assumed that the base station 10 also has other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. Some of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
制御部110は、基地局10全体の制御を実施する。制御部110は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路などから構成することができる。 The control unit 110 controls the entire base station 10. The control unit 110 can be composed of a controller, a control circuit, etc., as described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains.
制御部110は、信号の生成、スケジューリング(例えば、リソース割り当て、マッピング)などを制御してもよい。制御部110は、送受信部120、送受信アンテナ130及び伝送路インターフェース140を用いた送受信、測定などを制御してもよい。制御部110は、信号として送信するデータ、制御情報、系列(sequence)などを生成し、送受信部120に転送してもよい。制御部110は、通信チャネルの呼処理(設定、解放など)、基地局10の状態管理、無線リソースの管理などを行ってもよい。 The control unit 110 may control signal generation, scheduling (e.g., resource allocation, mapping), etc. The control unit 110 may also control transmission and reception using the transceiver unit 120, the transceiver antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140, measurements, etc. The control unit 110 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals, and transfer them to the transceiver unit 120. The control unit 110 may also perform call processing of communication channels (setting up, releasing, etc.), status management of the base station 10, management of radio resources, etc.
送受信部120は、ベースバンド(baseband)部121、Radio Frequency(RF)部122、測定部123を含んでもよい。ベースバンド部121は、送信処理部1211及び受信処理部1212を含んでもよい。送受信部120は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター/レシーバー、RF回路、ベースバンド回路、フィルタ、位相シフタ(phase shifter)、測定回路、送受信回路などから構成することができる。 The transceiver unit 120 may include a baseband unit 121, a radio frequency (RF) unit 122, and a measurement unit 123. The baseband unit 121 may include a transmission processing unit 1211 and a reception processing unit 1212. The transceiver unit 120 may be composed of a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transceiver circuit, etc., which are described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure relates.
送受信部120は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。当該送信部は、送信処理部1211、RF部122から構成されてもよい。当該受信部は、受信処理部1212、RF部122、測定部123から構成されてもよい。 The transceiver unit 120 may be configured as an integrated transceiver unit, or may be composed of a transmitter unit and a receiver unit. The transmitter unit may be composed of a transmission processing unit 1211 and an RF unit 122. The receiver unit may be composed of a reception processing unit 1212, an RF unit 122, and a measurement unit 123.
送受信アンテナ130は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるアンテナ、例えばアレイアンテナなどから構成することができる。 The transmitting and receiving antenna 130 can be composed of an antenna described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains, such as an array antenna.
送受信部120は、上述の下りリンクチャネル、同期信号、下りリンク参照信号などを送信してもよい。送受信部120は、上述の上りリンクチャネル、上りリンク参照信号などを受信してもよい。 The transceiver 120 may transmit the above-mentioned downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, etc. The transceiver 120 may also receive the above-mentioned uplink channel, uplink reference signal, etc.
送受信部120は、デジタルビームフォーミング(例えば、プリコーディング)、アナログビームフォーミング(例えば、位相回転)などを用いて、送信ビーム及び受信ビームの少なくとも一方を形成してもよい。 The transceiver unit 120 may form at least one of the transmit beam and the receive beam using digital beamforming (e.g., precoding), analog beamforming (e.g., phase rotation), etc.
送受信部120(送信処理部1211)は、例えば制御部110から取得したデータ、制御情報などに対して、Packet Data Convergence Protocol(PDCP)レイヤの処理、Radio Link Control(RLC)レイヤの処理(例えば、RLC再送制御)、Medium Access Control(MAC)レイヤの処理(例えば、HARQ再送制御)などを行い、送信するビット列を生成してもよい。 The transceiver 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) may perform Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer processing, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer processing (e.g., RLC retransmission control), Medium Access Control (MAC) layer processing (e.g., HARQ retransmission control), etc. on data, control information, etc. obtained from the control unit 110, and generate a bit string to be transmitted.
送受信部120(送信処理部1211)は、送信するビット列に対して、チャネル符号化(誤り訂正符号化を含んでもよい)、変調、マッピング、フィルタ処理、離散フーリエ変換(Discrete Fourier Transform(DFT))処理(必要に応じて)、逆高速フーリエ変換(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform(IFFT))処理、プリコーディング、デジタル-アナログ変換などの送信処理を行い、ベースバンド信号を出力してもよい。 The transmitter/receiver unit 120 (transmission processing unit 1211) may perform transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) processing (if necessary), Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
送受信部120(RF部122)は、ベースバンド信号に対して、無線周波数帯への変調、フィルタ処理、増幅などを行い、無線周波数帯の信号を、送受信アンテナ130を介して送信してもよい。 The transceiver unit 120 (RF unit 122) may perform modulation, filtering, amplification, etc. on the baseband signal to a radio frequency band, and transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transceiver antenna 130.
一方、送受信部120(RF部122)は、送受信アンテナ130によって受信された無線周波数帯の信号に対して、増幅、フィルタ処理、ベースバンド信号への復調などを行ってもよい。 On the other hand, the transceiver unit 120 (RF unit 122) may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transceiver antenna 130.
送受信部120(受信処理部1212)は、取得されたベースバンド信号に対して、アナログ-デジタル変換、高速フーリエ変換(Fast Fourier Transform(FFT))処理、逆離散フーリエ変換(Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform(IDFT))処理(必要に応じて)、フィルタ処理、デマッピング、復調、復号(誤り訂正復号を含んでもよい)、MACレイヤ処理、RLCレイヤの処理及びPDCPレイヤの処理などの受信処理を適用し、ユーザデータなどを取得してもよい。 The transceiver unit 120 (reception processing unit 1212) may apply reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processing, Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal, thereby acquiring user data, etc.
送受信部120(測定部123)は、受信した信号に関する測定を実施してもよい。例えば、測定部123は、受信した信号に基づいて、Radio Resource Management(RRM)測定、Channel State Information(CSI)測定などを行ってもよい。測定部123は、受信電力(例えば、Reference Signal Received Power(RSRP))、受信品質(例えば、Reference Signal Received Quality(RSRQ)、Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio(SINR)、Signal to Noise Ratio(SNR))、信号強度(例えば、Received Signal Strength Indicator(RSSI))、伝搬路情報(例えば、CSI)などについて測定してもよい。測定結果は、制御部110に出力されてもよい。 The transceiver 120 (measurement unit 123) may perform measurements on the received signal. For example, the measurement unit 123 may perform Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurements, Channel State Information (CSI) measurements, etc. based on the received signal. The measurement unit 123 may measure received power (e.g., Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP)), received quality (e.g., Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ), Signal to Interference plus Noise Ratio (SINR), Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)), signal strength (e.g., Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI)), propagation path information (e.g., CSI), etc. The measurement results may be output to the control unit 110.
伝送路インターフェース140は、コアネットワーク30に含まれる装置(例えば、NFを提供するネットワークノード)、他の基地局10などとの間で信号を送受信(バックホールシグナリング)し、ユーザ端末20のためのユーザデータ(ユーザプレーンデータ)、制御プレーンデータなどを取得、伝送などしてもよい。 The transmission path interface 140 may transmit and receive signals (backhaul signaling) between devices included in the core network 30 (e.g., network nodes providing NF), other base stations 10, etc., and may acquire and transmit user data (user plane data), control plane data, etc. for the user terminal 20.
なお、本開示における基地局10の送信部及び受信部は、送受信部120、送受信アンテナ130及び伝送路インターフェース140の少なくとも1つによって構成されてもよい。 Note that the transmitter and receiver of the base station 10 in this disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 120, the transmitter/receiver antenna 130, and the transmission path interface 140.
送受信部120は、ハイモビリティ用の設定及び前記バイモビリティ用の指示の少なくとも一方を送信してもよい。制御部110は、前記設定及び前記指示の少なくとも一方を用いて、下りリンク参照信号の送信を制御してもよい(第1の実施形態)。 The transceiver unit 120 may transmit at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility. The control unit 110 may control the transmission of a downlink reference signal using at least one of the setting and the instruction (first embodiment).
制御部110は、端末側の第1のArtificial Intelligence(AI)モデルからの第1の出力情報と、ネットワーク側の第2のAIモデルからの第2の出力情報と、の少なくとも一方に基づいてドップラー推定を行ってもよい。送受信部120は、前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行ってもよい(第2の実施形態)。 The control unit 110 may perform Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side. The transceiver unit 120 may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation (second embodiment).
(ユーザ端末)
図22は、一実施形態に係るユーザ端末の構成の一例を示す図である。ユーザ端末20は、制御部210、送受信部220及び送受信アンテナ230を備えている。なお、制御部210、送受信部220及び送受信アンテナ230は、それぞれ1つ以上が備えられてもよい。
(user terminal)
22 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a user terminal according to one embodiment. The user terminal 20 includes a control unit 210, a transceiver unit 220, and a transceiver antenna 230. Note that the user terminal 20 may include one or more of each of the control unit 210, the transceiver unit 220, and the transceiver antenna 230.
なお、本例では、本実施の形態における特徴部分の機能ブロックを主に示しており、ユーザ端末20は、無線通信に必要な他の機能ブロックも有すると想定されてもよい。以下で説明する各部の処理の一部は、省略されてもよい。 Note that this example mainly shows the functional blocks that characterize the present embodiment, and the user terminal 20 may also have other functional blocks necessary for wireless communication. Some of the processing of each unit described below may be omitted.
制御部210は、ユーザ端末20全体の制御を実施する。制御部210は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるコントローラ、制御回路などから構成することができる。 The control unit 210 controls the entire user terminal 20. The control unit 210 can be composed of a controller, control circuit, etc., as described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains.
制御部210は、信号の生成、マッピングなどを制御してもよい。制御部210は、送受信部220及び送受信アンテナ230を用いた送受信、測定などを制御してもよい。制御部210は、信号として送信するデータ、制御情報、系列などを生成し、送受信部220に転送してもよい。 The control unit 210 may control signal generation, mapping, etc. The control unit 210 may also control transmission and reception, measurement, etc. using the transmission and reception unit 220 and the transmission and reception antenna 230. The control unit 210 may generate data, control information, sequences, etc. to be transmitted as signals and transfer them to the transmission and reception unit 220.
送受信部220は、ベースバンド部221、RF部222、測定部223を含んでもよい。ベースバンド部221は、送信処理部2211、受信処理部2212を含んでもよい。送受信部220は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるトランスミッター/レシーバー、RF回路、ベースバンド回路、フィルタ、位相シフタ、測定回路、送受信回路などから構成することができる。 The transceiver unit 220 may include a baseband unit 221, an RF unit 222, and a measurement unit 223. The baseband unit 221 may include a transmission processing unit 2211 and a reception processing unit 2212. The transceiver unit 220 may be composed of a transmitter/receiver, an RF circuit, a baseband circuit, a filter, a phase shifter, a measurement circuit, a transceiver circuit, etc., which are described based on common understanding in the technical field related to this disclosure.
送受信部220は、一体の送受信部として構成されてもよいし、送信部及び受信部から構成されてもよい。当該送信部は、送信処理部2211、RF部222から構成されてもよい。当該受信部は、受信処理部2212、RF部222、測定部223から構成されてもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 may be configured as an integrated transceiver unit, or may be composed of a transmitter unit and a receiver unit. The transmitter unit may be composed of a transmission processing unit 2211 and an RF unit 222. The receiver unit may be composed of a reception processing unit 2212, an RF unit 222, and a measurement unit 223.
送受信アンテナ230は、本開示に係る技術分野での共通認識に基づいて説明されるアンテナ、例えばアレイアンテナなどから構成することができる。 The transmitting and receiving antenna 230 can be configured as an antenna described based on common understanding in the technical field to which this disclosure pertains, such as an array antenna.
送受信部220は、上述の下りリンクチャネル、同期信号、下りリンク参照信号などを受信してもよい。送受信部220は、上述の上りリンクチャネル、上りリンク参照信号などを送信してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 may receive the above-mentioned downlink channel, synchronization signal, downlink reference signal, etc. The transceiver unit 220 may also transmit the above-mentioned uplink channel, uplink reference signal, etc.
送受信部220は、デジタルビームフォーミング(例えば、プリコーディング)、アナログビームフォーミング(例えば、位相回転)などを用いて、送信ビーム及び受信ビームの少なくとも一方を形成してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 may form at least one of the transmit beam and the receive beam using digital beamforming (e.g., precoding), analog beamforming (e.g., phase rotation), etc.
送受信部220(送信処理部2211)は、例えば制御部210から取得したデータ、制御情報などに対して、PDCPレイヤの処理、RLCレイヤの処理(例えば、RLC再送制御)、MACレイヤの処理(例えば、HARQ再送制御)などを行い、送信するビット列を生成してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) may perform PDCP layer processing, RLC layer processing (e.g., RLC retransmission control), MAC layer processing (e.g., HARQ retransmission control), etc. on data, control information, etc. obtained from the control unit 210, and generate a bit string to be transmitted.
送受信部220(送信処理部2211)は、送信するビット列に対して、チャネル符号化(誤り訂正符号化を含んでもよい)、変調、マッピング、フィルタ処理、DFT処理(必要に応じて)、IFFT処理、プリコーディング、デジタル-アナログ変換などの送信処理を行い、ベースバンド信号を出力してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) may perform transmission processing such as channel coding (which may include error correction coding), modulation, mapping, filtering, DFT processing (if necessary), IFFT processing, precoding, and digital-to-analog conversion on the bit string to be transmitted, and output a baseband signal.
なお、DFT処理を適用するか否かは、トランスフォームプリコーディングの設定に基づいてもよい。送受信部220(送信処理部2211)は、あるチャネル(例えば、PUSCH)について、トランスフォームプリコーディングが有効(enabled)である場合、当該チャネルをDFT-s-OFDM波形を用いて送信するために上記送信処理としてDFT処理を行ってもよいし、そうでない場合、上記送信処理としてDFT処理を行わなくてもよい。 Whether or not to apply DFT processing may be based on the settings for transform precoding. If transform precoding is enabled for a certain channel (e.g., PUSCH), the transceiver unit 220 (transmission processing unit 2211) may perform DFT processing as the transmission processing to transmit the channel using a DFT-s-OFDM waveform; if not, it may not be necessary to perform DFT processing as the transmission processing.
送受信部220(RF部222)は、ベースバンド信号に対して、無線周波数帯への変調、フィルタ処理、増幅などを行い、無線周波数帯の信号を、送受信アンテナ230を介して送信してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 (RF unit 222) may perform modulation, filtering, amplification, etc. on the baseband signal to a radio frequency band, and transmit the radio frequency band signal via the transceiver antenna 230.
一方、送受信部220(RF部222)は、送受信アンテナ230によって受信された無線周波数帯の信号に対して、増幅、フィルタ処理、ベースバンド信号への復調などを行ってもよい。 On the other hand, the transceiver unit 220 (RF unit 222) may perform amplification, filtering, demodulation to a baseband signal, etc. on the radio frequency band signal received by the transceiver antenna 230.
送受信部220(受信処理部2212)は、取得されたベースバンド信号に対して、アナログ-デジタル変換、FFT処理、IDFT処理(必要に応じて)、フィルタ処理、デマッピング、復調、復号(誤り訂正復号を含んでもよい)、MACレイヤ処理、RLCレイヤの処理及びPDCPレイヤの処理などの受信処理を適用し、ユーザデータなどを取得してもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 (reception processing unit 2212) may apply reception processing such as analog-to-digital conversion, FFT processing, IDFT processing (if necessary), filtering, demapping, demodulation, decoding (which may include error correction decoding), MAC layer processing, RLC layer processing, and PDCP layer processing to the acquired baseband signal to acquire user data, etc.
送受信部220(測定部223)は、受信した信号に関する測定を実施してもよい。例えば、測定部223は、受信した信号に基づいて、RRM測定、CSI測定などを行ってもよい。測定部223は、受信電力(例えば、RSRP)、受信品質(例えば、RSRQ、SINR、SNR)、信号強度(例えば、RSSI)、伝搬路情報(例えば、CSI)などについて測定してもよい。測定結果は、制御部210に出力されてもよい。 The transceiver unit 220 (measurement unit 223) may perform measurements on the received signal. For example, the measurement unit 223 may perform RRM measurements, CSI measurements, etc. based on the received signal. The measurement unit 223 may measure received power (e.g., RSRP), received quality (e.g., RSRQ, SINR, SNR), signal strength (e.g., RSSI), propagation path information (e.g., CSI), etc. The measurement results may be output to the control unit 210.
なお、測定部223は、チャネル測定用リソースに基づいて、CSI算出のためのチャネル測定を導出してもよい。チャネル測定用リソースは、例えば、ノンゼロパワー(Non Zero Power(NZP))CSI-RSリソースであってもよい。また、測定部223は、干渉測定用リソースに基づいて、CSI算出のための干渉測定を導出してもよい。干渉測定用リソースは、干渉測定用のNZP CSI-RSリソース、CSI-干渉測定(Interference Measurement(IM))リソースなどの少なくとも1つであってもよい。なお、CSI-IMは、CSI-干渉管理(Interference Management(IM))と呼ばれてもよいし、ゼロパワー(Zero Power(ZP))CSI-RSと互いに読み替えられてもよい。なお、本開示において、CSI-RS、NZP CSI-RS、ZP CSI-RS、CSI-IM、CSI-SSBなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 The measurement unit 223 may derive channel measurements for CSI calculation based on channel measurement resources. The channel measurement resources may be, for example, non-zero power (NZP) CSI-RS resources. The measurement unit 223 may also derive interference measurements for CSI calculation based on interference measurement resources. The interference measurement resources may be at least one of NZP CSI-RS resources for interference measurement, CSI-Interference Measurement (IM) resources, etc. CSI-IM may also be referred to as CSI-Interference Management (IM) or may be interchangeably read as Zero Power (ZP) CSI-RS. In this disclosure, CSI-RS, NZP CSI-RS, ZP CSI-RS, CSI-IM, CSI-SSB, etc. may be interchangeable.
なお、本開示におけるユーザ端末20の送信部及び受信部は、送受信部220及び送受信アンテナ230の少なくとも1つによって構成されてもよい。 Note that the transmitter and receiver of the user terminal 20 in this disclosure may be configured by at least one of the transmitter/receiver 220 and the transmitter/receiver antenna 230.
送受信部220は、ハイモビリティ用の設定及び前記バイモビリティ用の指示の少なくとも一方を受信してもよい。制御部210は、前記設定及び前記指示の少なくとも一方に基づいて、下りリンク参照信号の受信を制御してもよい(第1の実施形態)。 The transceiver unit 220 may receive at least one of a setting for high mobility and an instruction for bi-mobility. The control unit 210 may control reception of a downlink reference signal based on at least one of the setting and the instruction (first embodiment).
前記下りリンク参照信号は、前記ハイモビリティ以外の用途の下りリンク参照信号とは別に設定及び指示されてもよい(第1の実施形態)。 The downlink reference signal may be configured and indicated separately from downlink reference signals for uses other than high mobility (first embodiment).
前記下りリンク参照信号は、複数のタイプのノンゼロパワーチャネル状態情報参照信号を含んでもよい(第1の実施形態)。 The downlink reference signal may include multiple types of non-zero power channel state information reference signals (first embodiment).
制御部210は、特定のイベントに基づいて前記下りリンク信号の送信の要求を送信するよう制御してもよい(第1の実施形態)。 The control unit 210 may also control the transmission of a request for the transmission of the downlink signal based on a specific event (first embodiment).
制御部210は、端末側の第1のArtificial Intelligence(AI)モデルからの第1の出力情報と、ネットワーク側の第2のAIモデルからの第2の出力情報と、の少なくとも一方に基づいてドップラー推定を行ってもよい。送受信部220は、前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行ってもよい(第2の実施形態)。 The control unit 210 may perform Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side. The transceiver unit 220 may transmit and receive signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation (second embodiment).
前記第1の出力情報は、前記端末側の入力情報及び前記ネットワーク側の入力情報の少なくとも1つに基づいてもよい(第2の実施形態)。 The first output information may be based on at least one of the input information on the terminal side and the input information on the network side (second embodiment).
送受信部220は、Medium Access Control(MAC)制御要素及び上りリンク制御情報の少なくとも一方を用いて、前記ネットワークに前記第1の出力情報を送信してもよい(第2の実施形態)。 The transceiver unit 220 may transmit the first output information to the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and uplink control information (second embodiment).
送受信部220は、Medium Access Control(MAC)制御要素及び下りリンク制御情報の少なくとも一方を用いて、前記ネットワークから前記第2の出力情報を受信してもよい(第2の実施形態)。 The transceiver unit 220 may receive the second output information from the network using at least one of a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element and downlink control information (second embodiment).
(ハードウェア構成)
なお、上記実施形態の説明に用いたブロック図は、機能単位のブロックを示している。これらの機能ブロック(構成部)は、ハードウェア及びソフトウェアの少なくとも一方の任意の組み合わせによって実現される。また、各機能ブロックの実現方法は特に限定されない。すなわち、各機能ブロックは、物理的又は論理的に結合した1つの装置を用いて実現されてもよいし、物理的又は論理的に分離した2つ以上の装置を直接的又は間接的に(例えば、有線、無線などを用いて)接続し、これら複数の装置を用いて実現されてもよい。機能ブロックは、上記1つの装置又は上記複数の装置にソフトウェアを組み合わせて実現されてもよい。
(Hardware configuration)
The block diagrams used to explain the above embodiments show functional blocks. These functional blocks (components) are realized by any combination of hardware and/or software. Furthermore, the method for realizing each functional block is not particularly limited. That is, each functional block may be realized using a single device that is physically or logically coupled, or may be realized using two or more physically or logically separated devices that are directly or indirectly connected (e.g., wired, wireless, etc.) and these multiple devices. The functional block may also be realized by combining software with the single device or multiple devices.
ここで、機能には、判断、決定、判定、計算、算出、処理、導出、調査、探索、確認、受信、送信、出力、アクセス、解決、選択、選定、確立、比較、想定、期待、みなし、報知(broadcasting)、通知(notifying)、通信(communicating)、転送(forwarding)、構成(configuring)、再構成(reconfiguring)、割り当て(allocating、mapping)、割り振り(assigning)などがあるが、これらに限られない。例えば、送信を機能させる機能ブロック(構成部)は、送信部(transmitting unit)、送信機(transmitter)などと呼称されてもよい。いずれも、上述したとおり、実現方法は特に限定されない。 Here, functions include, but are not limited to, judgment, determination, judgment, calculation, computation, processing, derivation, investigation, search, confirmation, reception, transmission, output, access, resolution, selection, election, establishment, comparison, assumption, expectation, deeming, broadcasting, notifying, communicating, forwarding, configuring, reconfiguring, allocating, mapping, and assignment. For example, a functional block (component) that performs transmission functions may be called a transmitting unit, transmitter, etc. As mentioned above, there are no particular limitations on how these functions are implemented.
例えば、本開示の一実施形態における基地局、ユーザ端末などは、本開示の無線通信方法の処理を行うコンピュータとして機能してもよい。図23は、一実施形態に係る基地局及びユーザ端末のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。上述の基地局10及びユーザ端末20は、物理的には、プロセッサ1001、メモリ1002、ストレージ1003、通信装置1004、入力装置1005、出力装置1006、バス1007などを含むコンピュータ装置として構成されてもよい。 For example, a base station, a user terminal, etc. in one embodiment of the present disclosure may function as a computer that performs processing of the wireless communication method of the present disclosure. Figure 23 is a diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of a base station and a user terminal according to one embodiment. The above-mentioned base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be physically configured as a computer device including a processor 1001, memory 1002, storage 1003, a communication device 1004, an input device 1005, an output device 1006, a bus 1007, etc.
なお、本開示において、装置、回路、デバイス、部(section)、ユニットなどの文言は、互いに読み替えることができる。基地局10及びユーザ端末20のハードウェア構成は、図に示した各装置を1つ又は複数含むように構成されてもよいし、一部の装置を含まずに構成されてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as apparatus, circuit, device, section, and unit may be used interchangeably. The hardware configuration of the base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be configured to include one or more of the devices shown in the figures, or may be configured to exclude some of the devices.
例えば、プロセッサ1001は1つだけ図示されているが、複数のプロセッサがあってもよい。また、処理は、1のプロセッサによって実行されてもよいし、処理が同時に、逐次に、又はその他の手法を用いて、2以上のプロセッサによって実行されてもよい。なお、プロセッサ1001は、1以上のチップによって実装されてもよい。 For example, although only one processor 1001 is shown, there may be multiple processors. Furthermore, processing may be performed by a single processor, or processing may be performed by two or more processors simultaneously, sequentially, or using other techniques. Furthermore, the processor 1001 may be implemented by one or more chips.
基地局10及びユーザ端末20における各機能は、例えば、プロセッサ1001、メモリ1002などのハードウェア上に所定のソフトウェア(プログラム)を読み込ませることによって、プロセッサ1001が演算を行い、通信装置1004を介する通信を制御したり、メモリ1002及びストレージ1003におけるデータの読み出し及び書き込みの少なくとも一方を制御したりすることによって実現される。 The functions of the base station 10 and the user terminal 20 are realized, for example, by loading specific software (programs) onto hardware such as the processor 1001 and memory 1002, causing the processor 1001 to perform calculations, control communications via the communication device 1004, and control at least one of reading and writing data from and to the memory 1002 and storage 1003.
プロセッサ1001は、例えば、オペレーティングシステムを動作させてコンピュータ全体を制御する。プロセッサ1001は、周辺装置とのインターフェース、制御装置、演算装置、レジスタなどを含む中央処理装置(Central Processing Unit(CPU))によって構成されてもよい。例えば、上述の制御部110(210)、送受信部120(220)などの少なくとも一部は、プロセッサ1001によって実現されてもよい。 The processor 1001, for example, runs an operating system to control the entire computer. The processor 1001 may be configured as a central processing unit (CPU) that includes an interface with peripheral devices, a control unit, an arithmetic unit, registers, etc. For example, at least a portion of the above-mentioned control unit 110 (210), transceiver unit 120 (220), etc. may be realized by the processor 1001.
また、プロセッサ1001は、プログラム(プログラムコード)、ソフトウェアモジュール、データなどを、ストレージ1003及び通信装置1004の少なくとも一方からメモリ1002に読み出し、これらに従って各種の処理を実行する。プログラムとしては、上述の実施形態において説明した動作の少なくとも一部をコンピュータに実行させるプログラムが用いられる。例えば、制御部110(210)は、メモリ1002に格納され、プロセッサ1001において動作する制御プログラムによって実現されてもよく、他の機能ブロックについても同様に実現されてもよい。 In addition, the processor 1001 reads programs (program code), software modules, data, etc. from at least one of the storage 1003 and the communication device 1004 into the memory 1002, and executes various processes in accordance with these. The programs used are those that cause a computer to execute at least some of the operations described in the above-described embodiments. For example, the control unit 110 (210) may be implemented by a control program stored in the memory 1002 and running on the processor 1001, and similar implementations may be used for other functional blocks.
メモリ1002は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、Read Only Memory(ROM)、Erasable Programmable ROM(EPROM)、Electrically EPROM(EEPROM)、Random Access Memory(RAM)、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも1つによって構成されてもよい。メモリ1002は、レジスタ、キャッシュ、メインメモリ(主記憶装置)などと呼ばれてもよい。メモリ1002は、本開示の一実施形態に係る無線通信方法を実施するために実行可能なプログラム(プログラムコード)、ソフトウェアモジュールなどを保存することができる。 Memory 1002 is a computer-readable recording medium and may be composed of, for example, at least one of Read Only Memory (ROM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Electrically EPROM (EEPROM), Random Access Memory (RAM), or other suitable storage medium. Memory 1002 may also be referred to as a register, cache, main memory, etc. Memory 1002 can store executable programs (program code), software modules, etc. for implementing a wireless communication method according to one embodiment of the present disclosure.
ストレージ1003は、コンピュータ読み取り可能な記録媒体であり、例えば、フレキシブルディスク、フロッピー(登録商標)ディスク、光磁気ディスク(例えば、コンパクトディスク(Compact Disc ROM(CD-ROM)など)、デジタル多用途ディスク、Blu-ray(登録商標)ディスク)、リムーバブルディスク、ハードディスクドライブ、スマートカード、フラッシュメモリデバイス(例えば、カード、スティック、キードライブ)、磁気ストライプ、データベース、サーバ、その他の適切な記憶媒体の少なくとも1つによって構成されてもよい。ストレージ1003は、補助記憶装置と呼ばれてもよい。 Storage 1003 is a computer-readable recording medium and may be composed of at least one of a flexible disk, a floppy disk, a magneto-optical disk (e.g., a compact disc (Compact Disc ROM (CD-ROM)), a digital versatile disc, a Blu-ray disc), a removable disk, a hard disk drive, a smart card, a flash memory device (e.g., a card, a stick, a key drive), a magnetic stripe, a database, a server, or other suitable storage medium. Storage 1003 may also be referred to as an auxiliary storage device.
通信装置1004は、有線ネットワーク及び無線ネットワークの少なくとも一方を介してコンピュータ間の通信を行うためのハードウェア(送受信デバイス)であり、例えばネットワークデバイス、ネットワークコントローラ、ネットワークカード、通信モジュールなどともいう。通信装置1004は、例えば周波数分割複信(Frequency Division Duplex(FDD))及び時分割複信(Time Division Duplex(TDD))の少なくとも一方を実現するために、高周波スイッチ、デュプレクサ、フィルタ、周波数シンセサイザなどを含んで構成されてもよい。例えば、上述の送受信部120(220)、送受信アンテナ130(230)などは、通信装置1004によって実現されてもよい。送受信部120(220)は、送信部120a(220a)と受信部120b(220b)とで、物理的に又は論理的に分離された実装がなされてもよい。 The communication device 1004 is hardware (transmitting/receiving device) for communicating between computers via at least one of a wired network and a wireless network, and is also referred to as a network device, network controller, network card, or communication module. The communication device 1004 may be configured to include high-frequency switches, duplexers, filters, frequency synthesizers, etc. to implement at least one of frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD). For example, the above-mentioned transmitter/receiver unit 120 (220), transmitter/receiver antenna 130 (230), etc. may be implemented by the communication device 1004. The transmitter/receiver unit 120 (220) may be implemented as a transmitter unit 120a (220a) and a receiver unit 120b (220b) that are physically or logically separated.
入力装置1005は、外部からの入力を受け付ける入力デバイス(例えば、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォン、スイッチ、ボタン、センサなど)である。出力装置1006は、外部への出力を実施する出力デバイス(例えば、ディスプレイ、スピーカー、Light Emitting Diode(LED)ランプなど)である。なお、入力装置1005及び出力装置1006は、一体となった構成(例えば、タッチパネル)であってもよい。 The input device 1005 is an input device (e.g., a keyboard, mouse, microphone, switch, button, sensor, etc.) that accepts input from the outside. The output device 1006 is an output device (e.g., a display, speaker, Light Emitting Diode (LED) lamp, etc.) that outputs to the outside. Note that the input device 1005 and the output device 1006 may be integrated into one device (e.g., a touch panel).
また、プロセッサ1001、メモリ1002などの各装置は、情報を通信するためのバス1007によって接続される。バス1007は、単一のバスを用いて構成されてもよいし、装置間ごとに異なるバスを用いて構成されてもよい。 Furthermore, each device, such as the processor 1001 and memory 1002, is connected by a bus 1007 for communicating information. The bus 1007 may be configured using a single bus, or may be configured using different buses between each device.
また、基地局10及びユーザ端末20は、マイクロプロセッサ、デジタル信号プロセッサ(Digital Signal Processor(DSP))、Application Specific Integrated Circuit(ASIC)、Programmable Logic Device(PLD)、Field Programmable Gate Array(FPGA)などのハードウェアを含んで構成されてもよく、当該ハードウェアを用いて各機能ブロックの一部又は全てが実現されてもよい。例えば、プロセッサ1001は、これらのハードウェアの少なくとも1つを用いて実装されてもよい。 Furthermore, the base station 10 and user terminal 20 may be configured to include hardware such as a microprocessor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a programmable logic device (PLD), or a field programmable gate array (FPGA), and some or all of the functional blocks may be realized using this hardware. For example, the processor 1001 may be implemented using at least one of these pieces of hardware.
(変形例)
なお、本開示において説明した用語及び本開示の理解に必要な用語については、同一の又は類似する意味を有する用語と置き換えてもよい。例えば、チャネル、シンボル及び信号(シグナル又はシグナリング)は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、信号はメッセージであってもよい。参照信号(reference signal)は、RSと略称することもでき、適用される標準によってパイロット(Pilot)、パイロット信号などと呼ばれてもよい。また、コンポーネントキャリア(Component Carrier(CC))は、セル、周波数キャリア、キャリア周波数などと呼ばれてもよい。
(Modification)
Note that terms described in the present disclosure and terms necessary for understanding the present disclosure may be replaced with terms having the same or similar meanings. For example, a channel, a symbol, and a signal (signal or signaling) may be interchangeable. A signal may also be a message. A reference signal may be abbreviated as RS, and may also be called a pilot, pilot signal, etc. depending on the applicable standard. A component carrier (CC) may also be called a cell, frequency carrier, carrier frequency, etc.
無線フレームは、時間領域において1つ又は複数の期間(フレーム)によって構成されてもよい。無線フレームを構成する当該1つ又は複数の各期間(フレーム)は、サブフレームと呼ばれてもよい。さらに、サブフレームは、時間領域において1つ又は複数のスロットによって構成されてもよい。サブフレームは、ニューメロロジー(numerology)に依存しない固定の時間長(例えば、1ms)であってもよい。 A radio frame may be composed of one or more periods (frames) in the time domain. Each of the one or more periods (frames) constituting a radio frame may be called a subframe. Furthermore, a subframe may be composed of one or more slots in the time domain. A subframe may have a fixed time length (e.g., 1 ms) that is independent of numerology.
ここで、ニューメロロジーは、ある信号又はチャネルの送信及び受信の少なくとも一方に適用される通信パラメータであってもよい。ニューメロロジーは、例えば、サブキャリア間隔(SubCarrier Spacing(SCS))、帯域幅、シンボル長、サイクリックプレフィックス長、送信時間間隔(Transmission Time Interval(TTI))、TTIあたりのシンボル数、無線フレーム構成、送受信機が周波数領域において行う特定のフィルタリング処理、送受信機が時間領域において行う特定のウィンドウイング処理などの少なくとも1つを示してもよい。 Here, numerology may be a communication parameter applied to at least one of the transmission and reception of a signal or channel. Numerology may indicate, for example, at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing (SCS), bandwidth, symbol length, cyclic prefix length, transmission time interval (TTI), number of symbols per TTI, radio frame structure, specific filtering processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the frequency domain, and specific windowing processing performed by the transmitter/receiver in the time domain.
スロットは、時間領域において1つ又は複数のシンボル(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing(OFDM)シンボル、Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access(SC-FDMA)シンボルなど)によって構成されてもよい。また、スロットは、ニューメロロジーに基づく時間単位であってもよい。 A slot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain (such as Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols). A slot may also be a time unit based on numerology.
スロットは、複数のミニスロットを含んでもよい。各ミニスロットは、時間領域において1つ又は複数のシンボルによって構成されてもよい。また、ミニスロットは、サブスロットと呼ばれてもよい。ミニスロットは、スロットよりも少ない数のシンボルによって構成されてもよい。ミニスロットより大きい時間単位で送信されるPDSCH(又はPUSCH)は、PDSCH(PUSCH)マッピングタイプAと呼ばれてもよい。ミニスロットを用いて送信されるPDSCH(又はPUSCH)は、PDSCH(PUSCH)マッピングタイプBと呼ばれてもよい。 A slot may include multiple minislots. Each minislot may consist of one or more symbols in the time domain. A minislot may also be called a subslot. A minislot may consist of fewer symbols than a slot. A PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted in a time unit larger than a minislot may be called PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type A. A PDSCH (or PUSCH) transmitted using a minislot may be called PDSCH (PUSCH) mapping type B.
無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルは、いずれも信号を伝送する際の時間単位を表す。無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルは、それぞれに対応する別の呼称が用いられてもよい。なお、本開示におけるフレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット、シンボルなどの時間単位は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Radio frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol all represent time units for transmitting signals. Radio frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol may each be referred to by a different name. Note that the time units used in this disclosure, such as frame, subframe, slot, minislot, and symbol, may be interchangeable.
例えば、1サブフレームはTTIと呼ばれてもよいし、複数の連続したサブフレームがTTIと呼ばれてよいし、1スロット又は1ミニスロットがTTIと呼ばれてもよい。つまり、サブフレーム及びTTIの少なくとも一方は、既存のLTEにおけるサブフレーム(1ms)であってもよいし、1msより短い期間(例えば、1-13シンボル)であってもよいし、1msより長い期間であってもよい。なお、TTIを表す単位は、サブフレームではなくスロット、ミニスロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。 For example, one subframe may be referred to as a TTI, or multiple consecutive subframes may be referred to as a TTI, or one slot or one minislot may be referred to as a TTI. In other words, at least one of a subframe and a TTI may be a subframe (1 ms) as in existing LTE, or may be a period shorter than 1 ms (e.g., 1-13 symbols), or may be a period longer than 1 ms. Note that the unit representing a TTI may be called a slot, minislot, etc. instead of a subframe.
ここで、TTIは、例えば、無線通信におけるスケジューリングの最小時間単位のことをいう。例えば、LTEシステムでは、基地局が各ユーザ端末に対して、無線リソース(各ユーザ端末において使用することが可能な周波数帯域幅、送信電力など)を、TTI単位で割り当てるスケジューリングを行う。なお、TTIの定義はこれに限られない。 Here, TTI refers to, for example, the smallest time unit for scheduling in wireless communication. For example, in an LTE system, a base station performs scheduling to allocate radio resources (such as the frequency bandwidth and transmission power that can be used by each user terminal) to each user terminal in TTI units. However, the definition of TTI is not limited to this.
TTIは、チャネル符号化されたデータパケット(トランスポートブロック)、コードブロック、コードワードなどの送信時間単位であってもよいし、スケジューリング、リンクアダプテーションなどの処理単位となってもよい。なお、TTIが与えられたとき、実際にトランスポートブロック、コードブロック、コードワードなどがマッピングされる時間区間(例えば、シンボル数)は、当該TTIよりも短くてもよい。 The TTI may be a transmission time unit for a channel-encoded data packet (transport block), code block, code word, etc., or may be a processing unit for scheduling, link adaptation, etc. When a TTI is given, the time interval (e.g., number of symbols) to which a transport block, code block, code word, etc. is actually mapped may be shorter than the TTI.
なお、1スロット又は1ミニスロットがTTIと呼ばれる場合、1以上のTTI(すなわち、1以上のスロット又は1以上のミニスロット)が、スケジューリングの最小時間単位となってもよい。また、当該スケジューリングの最小時間単位を構成するスロット数(ミニスロット数)は制御されてもよい。 Note that when one slot or one minislot is called a TTI, one or more TTIs (i.e., one or more slots or one or more minislots) may be the smallest time unit for scheduling. Furthermore, the number of slots (minislots) that make up the smallest time unit for scheduling may be controlled.
1msの時間長を有するTTIは、通常TTI(3GPP Rel.8-12におけるTTI)、ノーマルTTI、ロングTTI、通常サブフレーム、ノーマルサブフレーム、ロングサブフレーム、スロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。通常TTIより短いTTIは、短縮TTI、ショートTTI、部分TTI(partial又はfractional TTI)、短縮サブフレーム、ショートサブフレーム、ミニスロット、サブスロット、スロットなどと呼ばれてもよい。 A TTI with a time length of 1 ms may be called a regular TTI (TTI in 3GPP Rel. 8-12), normal TTI, long TTI, regular subframe, normal subframe, long subframe, slot, etc. A TTI shorter than a regular TTI may be called a shortened TTI, short TTI, partial TTI (partial or fractional TTI), shortened subframe, short subframe, minislot, subslot, slot, etc.
なお、ロングTTI(例えば、通常TTI、サブフレームなど)は、1msを超える時間長を有するTTIで読み替えてもよいし、ショートTTI(例えば、短縮TTIなど)は、ロングTTIのTTI長未満かつ1ms以上のTTI長を有するTTIで読み替えてもよい。 Note that a long TTI (e.g., a normal TTI, subframe, etc.) may be interpreted as a TTI having a time length of more than 1 ms, and a short TTI (e.g., a shortened TTI, etc.) may be interpreted as a TTI having a TTI length of 1 ms or more but less than the TTI length of a long TTI.
リソースブロック(Resource Block(RB))は、時間領域及び周波数領域のリソース割当単位であり、周波数領域において、1つ又は複数個の連続した副搬送波(サブキャリア(subcarrier))を含んでもよい。RBに含まれるサブキャリアの数は、ニューメロロジーに関わらず同じであってもよく、例えば12であってもよい。RBに含まれるサブキャリアの数は、ニューメロロジーに基づいて決定されてもよい。 A resource block (RB) is a resource allocation unit in the time domain and frequency domain, and may include one or more consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. The number of subcarriers included in an RB may be the same regardless of numerology, and may be, for example, 12. The number of subcarriers included in an RB may also be determined based on numerology.
また、RBは、時間領域において、1つ又は複数個のシンボルを含んでもよく、1スロット、1ミニスロット、1サブフレーム又は1TTIの長さであってもよい。1TTI、1サブフレームなどは、それぞれ1つ又は複数のリソースブロックによって構成されてもよい。 Furthermore, an RB may include one or more symbols in the time domain and may be one slot, one minislot, one subframe, or one TTI in length. One TTI, one subframe, etc. may each be composed of one or more resource blocks.
なお、1つ又は複数のRBは、物理リソースブロック(Physical RB(PRB))、サブキャリアグループ(Sub-Carrier Group(SCG))、リソースエレメントグループ(Resource Element Group(REG))、PRBペア、RBペアなどと呼ばれてもよい。 Note that one or more RBs may also be referred to as a physical resource block (PRB), a sub-carrier group (SCG), a resource element group (REG), a PRB pair, an RB pair, etc.
また、リソースブロックは、1つ又は複数のリソースエレメント(Resource Element(RE))によって構成されてもよい。例えば、1REは、1サブキャリア及び1シンボルの無線リソース領域であってもよい。 Furthermore, a resource block may be composed of one or more resource elements (REs). For example, one RE may be a radio resource region of one subcarrier and one symbol.
帯域幅部分(Bandwidth Part(BWP))(部分帯域幅などと呼ばれてもよい)は、あるキャリアにおいて、あるニューメロロジー用の連続する共通RB(common resource blocks)のサブセットのことを表してもよい。ここで、共通RBは、当該キャリアの共通参照ポイントを基準としたRBのインデックスによって特定されてもよい。PRBは、あるBWPで定義され、当該BWP内で番号付けされてもよい。 A Bandwidth Part (BWP) (which may also be referred to as a partial bandwidth) may represent a subset of contiguous common resource blocks (RBs) for a given numerology on a given carrier. Here, the common RBs may be identified by the index of the RB relative to the common reference point of the carrier. PRBs may be defined in a BWP and numbered within that BWP.
BWPには、UL BWP(UL用のBWP)と、DL BWP(DL用のBWP)とが含まれてもよい。UEに対して、1キャリア内に1つ又は複数のBWPが設定されてもよい。 BWPs may include UL BWPs (BWPs for UL) and DL BWPs (BWPs for DL). One or more BWPs may be configured for a UE within one carrier.
設定されたBWPの少なくとも1つがアクティブであってもよく、UEは、アクティブなBWPの外で所定の信号/チャネルを送受信することを想定しなくてもよい。なお、本開示における「セル」、「キャリア」などは、「BWP」で読み替えられてもよい。 At least one of the configured BWPs may be active, and the UE may not expect to transmit or receive a given signal/channel outside the active BWP. Note that "cell," "carrier," etc. in this disclosure may be read as "BWP."
なお、上述した無線フレーム、サブフレーム、スロット、ミニスロット及びシンボルなどの構造は例示に過ぎない。例えば、無線フレームに含まれるサブフレームの数、サブフレーム又は無線フレームあたりのスロットの数、スロット内に含まれるミニスロットの数、スロット又はミニスロットに含まれるシンボル及びRBの数、RBに含まれるサブキャリアの数、並びにTTI内のシンボル数、シンボル長、サイクリックプレフィックス(Cyclic Prefix(CP))長などの構成は、様々に変更することができる。 Note that the structures of the radio frames, subframes, slots, minislots, and symbols described above are merely examples. For example, the number of subframes included in a radio frame, the number of slots per subframe or radio frame, the number of minislots included in a slot, the number of symbols and RBs included in a slot or minislot, the number of subcarriers included in an RB, as well as the number of symbols in a TTI, symbol length, and cyclic prefix (CP) length can be changed in various ways.
また、本開示において説明した情報、パラメータなどは、絶対値を用いて表されてもよいし、所定の値からの相対値を用いて表されてもよいし、対応する別の情報を用いて表されてもよい。例えば、無線リソースは、所定のインデックスによって指示されてもよい。 Furthermore, the information, parameters, etc. described in this disclosure may be expressed using absolute values, relative values from a predetermined value, or other corresponding information. For example, radio resources may be indicated by a predetermined index.
本開示においてパラメータなどに使用する名称は、いかなる点においても限定的な名称ではない。さらに、これらのパラメータを使用する数式などは、本開示において明示的に開示したものと異なってもよい。様々なチャネル(PUCCH、PDCCHなど)及び情報要素は、あらゆる好適な名称によって識別できるので、これらの様々なチャネル及び情報要素に割り当てている様々な名称は、いかなる点においても限定的な名称ではない。 The names used for parameters and the like in this disclosure are not limiting in any way. Furthermore, the mathematical formulas and the like using these parameters may differ from those explicitly disclosed in this disclosure. The various channels (PUCCH, PDCCH, etc.) and information elements may be identified by any suitable names, and therefore the various names assigned to these various channels and information elements are not limiting in any way.
本開示において説明した情報、信号などは、様々な異なる技術のいずれかを使用して表されてもよい。例えば、上記の説明全体に渡って言及され得るデータ、命令、コマンド、情報、信号、ビット、シンボル、チップなどは、電圧、電流、電磁波、磁界若しくは磁性粒子、光場若しくは光子、又はこれらの任意の組み合わせによって表されてもよい。 The information, signals, etc. described in this disclosure may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, chips, etc. that may be referred to throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or magnetic particles, optical fields or photons, or any combination thereof.
また、情報、信号などは、上位レイヤから下位レイヤ及び下位レイヤから上位レイヤの少なくとも一方へ出力され得る。情報、信号などは、複数のネットワークノードを介して入出力されてもよい。 Information, signals, etc. may be output from a higher layer to a lower layer and/or from a lower layer to a higher layer. Information, signals, etc. may be input/output via multiple network nodes.
入出力された情報、信号などは、特定の場所(例えば、メモリ)に保存されてもよいし、管理テーブルを用いて管理してもよい。入出力される情報、信号などは、上書き、更新又は追記をされ得る。出力された情報、信号などは、削除されてもよい。入力された情報、信号などは、他の装置へ送信されてもよい。 Input and output information, signals, etc. may be stored in a specific location (for example, memory) or may be managed using a management table. Input and output information, signals, etc. may be overwritten, updated, or added to. Output information, signals, etc. may be deleted. Input information, signals, etc. may be sent to another device.
情報の通知は、本開示において説明した態様/実施形態に限られず、他の方法を用いて行われてもよい。例えば、本開示における情報の通知は、物理レイヤシグナリング(例えば、下り制御情報(Downlink Control Information(DCI))、上り制御情報(Uplink Control Information(UCI)))、上位レイヤシグナリング(例えば、Radio Resource Control(RRC)シグナリング、ブロードキャスト情報(マスタ情報ブロック(Master Information Block(MIB))、システム情報ブロック(System Information Block(SIB))など)、Medium Access Control(MAC)シグナリング)、その他の信号又はこれらの組み合わせによって実施されてもよい。 The notification of information is not limited to the aspects/embodiments described in this disclosure, and may be performed using other methods. For example, the notification of information in this disclosure may be performed using physical layer signaling (e.g., Downlink Control Information (DCI), Uplink Control Information (UCI))), higher layer signaling (e.g., Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, broadcast information (Master Information Block (MIB), System Information Block (SIB)), etc.), Medium Access Control (MAC) signaling), other signals, or a combination of these.
なお、物理レイヤシグナリングは、Layer 1/Layer 2(L1/L2)制御情報(L1/L2制御信号)、L1制御情報(L1制御信号)などと呼ばれてもよい。また、RRCシグナリングは、RRCメッセージと呼ばれてもよく、例えば、RRC接続セットアップ(RRC Connection Setup)メッセージ、RRC接続再構成(RRC Connection Reconfiguration)メッセージなどであってもよい。また、MACシグナリングは、例えば、MAC制御要素(MAC Control Element(CE))を用いて通知されてもよい。 Note that physical layer signaling may also be referred to as Layer 1/Layer 2 (L1/L2) control information (L1/L2 control signal), L1 control information (L1 control signal), etc. Furthermore, RRC signaling may also be referred to as RRC messages, such as RRC Connection Setup messages or RRC Connection Reconfiguration messages. Furthermore, MAC signaling may also be notified using, for example, MAC Control Elements (CEs).
また、所定の情報の通知(例えば、「Xであること」の通知)は、明示的な通知に限られず、暗示的に(例えば、当該所定の情報の通知を行わないことによって又は別の情報の通知によって)行われてもよい。 Furthermore, notification of specified information (e.g., notification that "X is true") is not limited to explicit notification, but may also be done implicitly (e.g., by not notifying the specified information or by notifying other information).
判定は、1ビットで表される値(0か1か)によって行われてもよいし、真(true)又は偽(false)で表される真偽値(boolean)によって行われてもよいし、数値の比較(例えば、所定の値との比較)によって行われてもよい。 The determination may be made based on a value represented by a single bit (0 or 1), a Boolean value represented as true or false, or a comparison of numerical values (for example, a comparison with a predetermined value).
ソフトウェアは、ソフトウェア、ファームウェア、ミドルウェア、マイクロコード、ハードウェア記述言語と呼ばれるか、他の名称で呼ばれるかを問わず、命令、命令セット、コード、コードセグメント、プログラムコード、プログラム、サブプログラム、ソフトウェアモジュール、アプリケーション、ソフトウェアアプリケーション、ソフトウェアパッケージ、ルーチン、サブルーチン、オブジェクト、実行可能ファイル、実行スレッド、手順、機能などを意味するよう広く解釈されるべきである。 Software shall be construed broadly to mean instructions, instruction sets, code, code segments, program code, programs, subprograms, software modules, applications, software applications, software packages, routines, subroutines, objects, executable files, threads of execution, procedures, functions, etc., whether referred to as software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description language, or otherwise.
また、ソフトウェア、命令、情報などは、伝送媒体を介して送受信されてもよい。例えば、ソフトウェアが、有線技術(同軸ケーブル、光ファイバケーブル、ツイストペア、デジタル加入者回線(Digital Subscriber Line(DSL))など)及び無線技術(赤外線、マイクロ波など)の少なくとも一方を使用してウェブサイト、サーバ、又は他のリモートソースから送信される場合、これらの有線技術及び無線技術の少なくとも一方は、伝送媒体の定義内に含まれる。 In addition, software, instructions, information, etc. may be transmitted and received via a transmission medium. For example, if software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using wired technology (such as coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, or Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) and/or wireless technology (such as infrared or microwave), then the wired and/or wireless technology is included within the definition of transmission medium.
本開示において使用する「システム」及び「ネットワーク」という用語は、互換的に使用され得る。「ネットワーク」は、ネットワークに含まれる装置(例えば、基地局)のことを意味してもよい。 As used in this disclosure, the terms "system" and "network" may be used interchangeably. "Network" may refer to devices included in the network (e.g., base stations).
本開示において、「プリコーディング」、「プリコーダ」、「ウェイト(プリコーディングウェイト)」、「擬似コロケーション(Quasi-Co-Location(QCL))」、「Transmission Configuration Indication state(TCI状態)」、「空間関係(spatial relation)」、「空間ドメインフィルタ(spatial domain filter)」、「送信電力」、「位相回転」、「アンテナポート」、「レイヤ」、「レイヤ数」、「ランク」、「リソース」、「リソースセット」、「ビーム」、「ビーム幅」、「ビーム角度」、「アンテナ」、「アンテナ素子」、「パネル」、「UEパネル」、「送信エンティティ」、「受信エンティティ」、などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。 In this disclosure, terms such as "precoding," "precoder," "weight (precoding weight)," "Quasi-Co-Location (QCL)," "Transmission Configuration Indication state (TCI state)," "spatial relation," "spatial domain filter," "transmit power," "phase rotation," "antenna port," "layer," "number of layers," "rank," "resource," "resource set," "beam," "beam width," "beam angle," "antenna," "antenna element," "panel," "UE panel," "transmitting entity," "receiving entity," etc. may be used interchangeably.
なお、本開示において、アンテナポートは、任意の信号/チャネルのためのアンテナポート(例えば、復調用参照信号(DeModulation Reference Signal(DMRS))ポート)と互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、リソースは、任意の信号/チャネルのためのリソース(例えば、参照信号リソース、SRSリソースなど)と互いに読み替えられてもよい。なお、リソースは、時間/周波数/符号/空間/電力リソースを含んでもよい。また、空間ドメイン送信フィルタは、空間ドメイン送信フィルタ(spatial domain transmission filter)及び空間ドメイン受信フィルタ(spatial domain reception filter)の少なくとも一方を含んでもよい。 In the present disclosure, the term "antenna port" may be interchangeably read as an antenna port for any signal/channel (e.g., a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port). In the present disclosure, the term "resource" may be interchangeably read as a resource for any signal/channel (e.g., a reference signal resource, an SRS resource, etc.). The resource may include time/frequency/code/space/power resources. The spatial domain transmit filter may include at least one of a spatial domain transmission filter and a spatial domain reception filter.
上記グループは、例えば、空間関係グループ、符号分割多重(Code Division Multiplexing(CDM))グループ、参照信号(Reference Signal(RS))グループ、制御リソースセット(COntrol REsource SET(CORESET))グループ、PUCCHグループ、アンテナポートグループ(例えば、DMRSポートグループ)、レイヤグループ、リソースグループ、ビームグループ、アンテナグループ、パネルグループなどの少なくとも1つを含んでもよい。 The above groups may include, for example, at least one of a spatial relationship group, a Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) group, a Reference Signal (RS) group, a Control Resource Set (CORESET) group, a PUCCH group, an antenna port group (e.g., a DMRS port group), a layer group, a resource group, a beam group, an antenna group, a panel group, etc.
また、本開示において、ビーム、SRSリソースインディケーター(SRS Resource Indicator(SRI))、CORESET、CORESETプール、PDSCH、PUSCH、コードワード(Codeword(CW))、トランスポートブロック(Transport Block(TB))、RSなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, in this disclosure, beam, SRS Resource Indicator (SRI), CORESET, CORESET pool, PDSCH, PUSCH, codeword (CW), transport block (TB), RS, etc. may be read as interchangeable terms.
また、本開示において、TCI状態、下りリンクTCI状態(DL TCI状態)、上りリンクTCI状態(UL TCI状態)、統一されたTCI状態(unified TCI state)、共通TCI状態(common TCI state)、ジョイントTCI状態などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, in this disclosure, terms such as TCI state, downlink TCI state (DL TCI state), uplink TCI state (UL TCI state), unified TCI state, common TCI state, and joint TCI state may be interpreted interchangeably.
また、本開示において、「QCL」、「QCL想定」、「QCL関係」、「QCLタイプ情報」、「QCL特性(QCL property/properties)」、「特定のQCLタイプ(例えば、タイプA、タイプD)特性」、「特定のQCLタイプ(例えば、タイプA、タイプD)」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, in this disclosure, terms such as "QCL," "QCL assumptions," "QCL relationships," "QCL type information," "QCL properties," "specific QCL type (e.g., Type A, Type D) properties," and "specific QCL types (e.g., Type A, Type D)" may be read interchangeably.
本開示において、インデックス、識別子(Identifier(ID))、インディケーター(indicator)、インディケーション(indication)、リソースIDなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。本開示において、シーケンス、リスト、セット、グループ、群、クラスター、サブセットなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, terms such as index, identifier (ID), indicator, indication, and resource ID may be interchangeable. In this disclosure, terms such as sequence, list, set, group, cluster, and subset may be interchangeable.
また、空間関係情報Identifier(ID)(TCI状態ID)と空間関係情報(TCI状態)は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。「空間関係情報(TCI状態)」は、「空間関係情報(TCI状態)のセット」、「1つ又は複数の空間関係情報」などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。TCI状態及びTCIは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。空間関係情報及び空間関係は、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, the spatial relationship information identifier (ID) (TCI state ID) and spatial relationship information (TCI state) may be interchangeable. "Spatial relationship information (TCI state)" may be interchangeable as "set of spatial relationship information (TCI state)", "one or more pieces of spatial relationship information", etc. TCI state and TCI may be interchangeable. Spatial relationship information and spatial relationship may be interchangeable.
本開示においては、「基地局(Base Station(BS))」、「無線基地局」、「固定局(fixed station)」、「NodeB」、「eNB(eNodeB)」、「gNB(gNodeB)」、「アクセスポイント(access point)」、「送信ポイント(Transmission Point(TP))」、「受信ポイント(Reception Point(RP))」、「送受信ポイント(Transmission/Reception Point(TRP))」、「パネル」、「セル」、「セクタ」、「セルグループ」、「キャリア」、「コンポーネントキャリア」などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。基地局は、マクロセル、スモールセル、フェムトセル、ピコセルなどの用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 In this disclosure, terms such as "Base Station (BS)," "Radio Base Station," "Fixed Station," "NodeB," "eNB (eNodeB)," "gNB (gNodeB)," "Access Point," "Transmission Point (TP)," "Reception Point (RP)," "Transmission/Reception Point (TRP)," "Panel," "Cell," "Sector," "Cell Group," "Carrier," and "Component Carrier" may be used interchangeably. Base stations may also be referred to by terms such as macrocell, small cell, femtocell, and picocell.
基地局は、1つ又は複数(例えば、3つ)のセルを収容することができる。基地局が複数のセルを収容する場合、基地局のカバレッジエリア全体は複数のより小さいエリアに区分でき、各々のより小さいエリアは、基地局サブシステム(例えば、屋内用の小型基地局(Remote Radio Head(RRH)))によって通信サービスを提供することもできる。「セル」又は「セクタ」という用語は、このカバレッジにおいて通信サービスを行う基地局及び基地局サブシステムの少なくとも一方のカバレッジエリアの一部又は全体を指す。 A base station can accommodate one or more (e.g., three) cells. When a base station accommodates multiple cells, the entire coverage area of the base station can be divided into multiple smaller areas, and each smaller area can also be provided with communication services by a base station subsystem (e.g., a small indoor base station (Remote Radio Head (RRH))). The terms "cell" or "sector" refer to part or all of the coverage area of at least one of the base station and base station subsystems that provide communication services within this coverage area.
本開示において、基地局が端末に情報を送信することは、当該基地局が当該端末に対して、当該情報に基づく制御/動作を指示することと、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, a base station transmitting information to a terminal may be interpreted as the base station instructing the terminal to control/operate based on that information.
本開示においては、「移動局(Mobile Station(MS))」、「ユーザ端末(user terminal)」、「ユーザ装置(User Equipment(UE))」、「端末」などの用語は、互換的に使用され得る。 In this disclosure, terms such as "Mobile Station (MS)," "user terminal," "User Equipment (UE)," and "terminal" may be used interchangeably.
移動局は、加入者局、モバイルユニット、加入者ユニット、ワイヤレスユニット、リモートユニット、モバイルデバイス、ワイヤレスデバイス、ワイヤレス通信デバイス、リモートデバイス、モバイル加入者局、アクセス端末、モバイル端末、ワイヤレス端末、リモート端末、ハンドセット、ユーザエージェント、モバイルクライアント、クライアント又はいくつかの他の適切な用語で呼ばれる場合もある。 A mobile station may also be referred to as a subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client, or some other suitable terminology.
基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、送信装置、受信装置、無線通信装置などと呼ばれてもよい。なお、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、移動体(moving object)に搭載されたデバイス、移動体自体などであってもよい。 At least one of the base station and the mobile station may be referred to as a transmitting device, a receiving device, a wireless communication device, etc. In addition, at least one of the base station and the mobile station may be a device mounted on a moving object, the moving object itself, etc.
当該移動体は、移動可能な物体をいい、移動速度は任意であり、移動体が停止している場合も当然含む。当該移動体は、例えば、車両、輸送車両、自動車、自動二輪車、自転車、コネクテッドカー、ショベルカー、ブルドーザー、ホイールローダー、ダンプトラック、フォークリフト、列車、バス、リヤカー、人力車、船舶(ship and other watercraft)、飛行機、ロケット、人工衛星、ドローン、マルチコプター、クアッドコプター、気球及びこれらに搭載される物を含み、またこれらに限られない。また、当該移動体は、運行指令に基づいて自律走行する移動体であってもよい。 The mobile body in question refers to an object that can move at any speed, and of course also includes cases where the mobile body is stationary. Examples of the mobile body in question include, but are not limited to, vehicles, transport vehicles, automobiles, motorcycles, bicycles, connected cars, excavators, bulldozers, wheel loaders, dump trucks, forklifts, trains, buses, handcarts, rickshaws, ships and other watercraft, airplanes, rockets, satellites, drones, multicopters, quadcopters, balloons, and objects mounted on these. The mobile body in question may also be a mobile body that moves autonomously based on operation commands.
当該移動体は、乗り物(例えば、車、飛行機など)であってもよいし、無人で動く移動体(例えば、ドローン、自動運転車など)であってもよいし、ロボット(有人型又は無人型)であってもよい。なお、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、必ずしも通信動作時に移動しない装置も含む。例えば、基地局及び移動局の少なくとも一方は、センサなどのInternet of Things(IoT)機器であってもよい。 The moving object may be a vehicle (e.g., a car, an airplane, etc.), an unmanned moving object (e.g., a drone, a self-driving car, etc.), or a robot (manned or unmanned). Note that at least one of the base station and the mobile station may also include devices that do not necessarily move during communication operations. For example, at least one of the base station and the mobile station may be an Internet of Things (IoT) device such as a sensor.
図24は、一実施形態に係る車両の一例を示す図である。車両40は、駆動部41、操舵部42、アクセルペダル43、ブレーキペダル44、シフトレバー45、左右の前輪46、左右の後輪47、車軸48、電子制御部49、各種センサ(電流センサ50、回転数センサ51、空気圧センサ52、車速センサ53、加速度センサ54、アクセルペダルセンサ55、ブレーキペダルセンサ56、シフトレバーセンサ57、及び物体検知センサ58を含む)、情報サービス部59と通信モジュール60を備える。 FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of a vehicle according to one embodiment. The vehicle 40 includes a drive unit 41, a steering unit 42, an accelerator pedal 43, a brake pedal 44, a shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, an axle 48, an electronic control unit 49, various sensors (including a current sensor 50, an RPM sensor 51, an air pressure sensor 52, a vehicle speed sensor 53, an acceleration sensor 54, an accelerator pedal sensor 55, a brake pedal sensor 56, a shift lever sensor 57, and an object detection sensor 58), an information service unit 59, and a communication module 60.
駆動部41は、例えば、エンジン、モータ、エンジンとモータのハイブリッドの少なくとも1つで構成される。操舵部42は、少なくともステアリングホイール(ハンドルとも呼ぶ)を含み、ユーザによって操作されるステアリングホイールの操作に基づいて前輪46及び後輪47の少なくとも一方を操舵するように構成される。 The drive unit 41 is composed of, for example, at least one of an engine, a motor, or a hybrid of an engine and a motor. The steering unit 42 includes at least a steering wheel (also called a handle) and is configured to steer at least one of the front wheels 46 and the rear wheels 47 based on the operation of the steering wheel operated by the user.
電子制御部49は、マイクロプロセッサ61、メモリ(ROM、RAM)62、通信ポート(例えば、入出力(Input/Output(IO))ポート)63で構成される。電子制御部49には、車両に備えられた各種センサ50-58からの信号が入力される。電子制御部49は、Electronic Control Unit(ECU)と呼ばれてもよい。 The electronic control unit 49 is composed of a microprocessor 61, memory (ROM, RAM) 62, and a communication port (e.g., an input/output (IO) port) 63. Signals are input to the electronic control unit 49 from various sensors 50-58 provided in the vehicle. The electronic control unit 49 may also be called an Electronic Control Unit (ECU).
各種センサ50-58からの信号としては、モータの電流をセンシングする電流センサ50からの電流信号、回転数センサ51によって取得された前輪46/後輪47の回転数信号、空気圧センサ52によって取得された前輪46/後輪47の空気圧信号、車速センサ53によって取得された車速信号、加速度センサ54によって取得された加速度信号、アクセルペダルセンサ55によって取得されたアクセルペダル43の踏み込み量信号、ブレーキペダルセンサ56によって取得されたブレーキペダル44の踏み込み量信号、シフトレバーセンサ57によって取得されたシフトレバー45の操作信号、物体検知センサ58によって取得された障害物、車両、歩行者などを検出するための検出信号などがある。 Signals from the various sensors 50-58 include a current signal from a current sensor 50 that senses the motor current, a rotation speed signal for the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by a rotation speed sensor 51, an air pressure signal for the front wheels 46/rear wheels 47 obtained by an air pressure sensor 52, a vehicle speed signal obtained by a vehicle speed sensor 53, an acceleration signal obtained by an acceleration sensor 54, a depression amount signal for the accelerator pedal 43 obtained by an accelerator pedal sensor 55, a depression amount signal for the brake pedal 44 obtained by a brake pedal sensor 56, an operation signal for the shift lever 45 obtained by a shift lever sensor 57, and a detection signal for detecting obstacles, vehicles, pedestrians, etc. obtained by an object detection sensor 58.
情報サービス部59は、カーナビゲーションシステム、オーディオシステム、スピーカー、ディスプレイ、テレビ、ラジオ、といった、運転情報、交通情報、エンターテイメント情報などの各種情報を提供(出力)するための各種機器と、これらの機器を制御する1つ以上のECUとから構成される。情報サービス部59は、外部装置から通信モジュール60などを介して取得した情報を利用して、車両40の乗員に各種情報/サービス(例えば、マルチメディア情報/マルチメディアサービス)を提供する。 The information service unit 59 is composed of various devices, such as a car navigation system, audio system, speakers, displays, televisions, and radios, that provide (output) various information such as driving information, traffic information, and entertainment information, as well as one or more ECUs that control these devices. The information service unit 59 uses information obtained from external devices via the communication module 60, etc., to provide various information/services (e.g., multimedia information/multimedia services) to the occupants of the vehicle 40.
情報サービス部59は、外部からの入力を受け付ける入力デバイス(例えば、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォン、スイッチ、ボタン、センサ、タッチパネルなど)を含んでもよいし、外部への出力を実施する出力デバイス(例えば、ディスプレイ、スピーカー、LEDランプ、タッチパネルなど)を含んでもよい。 The information service unit 59 may include input devices (e.g., keyboards, mice, microphones, switches, buttons, sensors, touch panels, etc.) that accept input from the outside, and may also include output devices (e.g., displays, speakers, LED lamps, touch panels, etc.) that output to the outside.
運転支援システム部64は、ミリ波レーダ、Light Detection and Ranging(LiDAR)、カメラ、測位ロケータ(例えば、Global Navigation Satellite System(GNSS)など)、地図情報(例えば、高精細(High Definition(HD))マップ、自動運転車(Autonomous Vehicle(AV))マップなど)、ジャイロシステム(例えば、慣性計測装置(Inertial Measurement Unit(IMU))、慣性航法装置(Inertial Navigation System(INS))など)、人工知能(Artificial Intelligence(AI))チップ、AIプロセッサといった、事故を未然に防止したりドライバの運転負荷を軽減したりするための機能を提供するための各種機器と、これらの機器を制御する1つ以上のECUとから構成される。また、運転支援システム部64は、通信モジュール60を介して各種情報を送受信し、運転支援機能又は自動運転機能を実現する。 The driving assistance system unit 64 is composed of various devices that provide functions to prevent accidents and reduce the driver's driving burden, such as millimeter-wave radar, Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR), cameras, positioning locators (e.g., Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS)), map information (e.g., High Definition (HD) maps, Autonomous Vehicle (AV) maps), gyro systems (e.g., Inertial Measurement Unit (IMU) and Inertial Navigation System (INS)), artificial intelligence (AI) chips, and AI processors, as well as one or more ECUs that control these devices. The driving assistance system unit 64 also transmits and receives various information via the communication module 60 to realize driving assistance or autonomous driving functions.
通信モジュール60は、通信ポート63を介して、マイクロプロセッサ61及び車両40の構成要素と通信することができる。例えば、通信モジュール60は通信ポート63を介して、車両40に備えられた駆動部41、操舵部42、アクセルペダル43、ブレーキペダル44、シフトレバー45、左右の前輪46、左右の後輪47、車軸48、電子制御部49内のマイクロプロセッサ61及びメモリ(ROM、RAM)62、各種センサ50-58との間でデータ(情報)を送受信する。 The communication module 60 can communicate with the microprocessor 61 and components of the vehicle 40 via the communication port 63. For example, the communication module 60 transmits and receives data (information) via the communication port 63 between the drive unit 41, steering unit 42, accelerator pedal 43, brake pedal 44, shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, axles 48, the microprocessor 61 and memory (ROM, RAM) 62 in the electronic control unit 49, and the various sensors 50-58, all of which are provided on the vehicle 40.
通信モジュール60は、電子制御部49のマイクロプロセッサ61によって制御可能であり、外部装置と通信を行うことが可能な通信デバイスである。例えば、外部装置との間で無線通信を介して各種情報の送受信を行う。通信モジュール60は、電子制御部49の内部と外部のどちらにあってもよい。外部装置は、例えば、上述の基地局10、ユーザ端末20などであってもよい。また、通信モジュール60は、例えば、上述の基地局10及びユーザ端末20の少なくとも1つであってもよい(基地局10及びユーザ端末20の少なくとも1つとして機能してもよい)。 The communication module 60 is a communication device that can be controlled by the microprocessor 61 of the electronic control unit 49 and can communicate with external devices. For example, it sends and receives various information to and from external devices via wireless communication. The communication module 60 may be located either inside or outside the electronic control unit 49. The external device may be, for example, the base station 10 or user terminal 20 described above. The communication module 60 may also be, for example, at least one of the base station 10 and user terminal 20 described above (or may function as at least one of the base station 10 and user terminal 20).
通信モジュール60は、電子制御部49に入力された上述の各種センサ50-58からの信号、当該信号に基づいて得られる情報、及び情報サービス部59を介して得られる外部(ユーザ)からの入力に基づく情報、の少なくとも1つを、無線通信を介して外部装置へ送信してもよい。電子制御部49、各種センサ50-58、情報サービス部59などは、入力を受け付ける入力部と呼ばれてもよい。例えば、通信モジュール60によって送信されるPUSCHは、上記入力に基づく情報を含んでもよい。 The communications module 60 may transmit at least one of the following to an external device via wireless communication: signals from the various sensors 50-58 described above input to the electronic control unit 49; information obtained based on these signals; and information based on input from the outside (user) obtained via the information service unit 59. The electronic control unit 49, the various sensors 50-58, the information service unit 59, etc. may also be referred to as input units that accept input. For example, the PUSCH transmitted by the communications module 60 may include information based on the above input.
通信モジュール60は、外部装置から送信されてきた種々の情報(交通情報、信号情報、車間情報など)を受信し、車両に備えられた情報サービス部59へ表示する。情報サービス部59は、情報を出力する(例えば、通信モジュール60によって受信されるPDSCH(又は当該PDSCHから復号されるデータ/情報)に基づいてディスプレイ、スピーカーなどの機器に情報を出力する)出力部と呼ばれてもよい。 The communications module 60 receives various information (traffic information, traffic signal information, vehicle-to-vehicle information, etc.) transmitted from external devices and displays it on the information service unit 59 installed in the vehicle. The information service unit 59 may also be called an output unit that outputs information (for example, outputs information to a device such as a display or speaker based on the PDSCH received by the communications module 60 (or data/information decoded from the PDSCH)).
また、通信モジュール60は、外部装置から受信した種々の情報をマイクロプロセッサ61によって利用可能なメモリ62へ記憶する。メモリ62に記憶された情報に基づいて、マイクロプロセッサ61が車両40に備えられた駆動部41、操舵部42、アクセルペダル43、ブレーキペダル44、シフトレバー45、左右の前輪46、左右の後輪47、車軸48、各種センサ50-58などの制御を行ってもよい。 Furthermore, the communication module 60 stores various information received from external devices in memory 62 that can be used by the microprocessor 61. Based on the information stored in memory 62, the microprocessor 61 may control the drive unit 41, steering unit 42, accelerator pedal 43, brake pedal 44, shift lever 45, left and right front wheels 46, left and right rear wheels 47, axles 48, various sensors 50-58, and other components provided on the vehicle 40.
また、本開示における基地局は、ユーザ端末で読み替えてもよい。例えば、基地局及びユーザ端末間の通信を、複数のユーザ端末間の通信(例えば、Device-to-Device(D2D)、Vehicle-to-Everything(V2X)などと呼ばれてもよい)に置き換えた構成について、本開示の各態様/実施形態を適用してもよい。この場合、上述の基地局10が有する機能をユーザ端末20が有する構成としてもよい。また、「上りリンク(uplink)」、「下りリンク(downlink)」などの文言は、端末間通信に対応する文言(例えば、「サイドリンク(sidelink)」)で読み替えられてもよい。例えば、上りリンクチャネル、下りリンクチャネルなどは、サイドリンクチャネルで読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, the base station in the present disclosure may be read as a user terminal. For example, the aspects/embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to a configuration in which communication between a base station and a user terminal is replaced with communication between multiple user terminals (which may be called, for example, Device-to-Device (D2D) or Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X)). In this case, the user terminal 20 may be configured to have the functions possessed by the base station 10 described above. Furthermore, terms such as "uplink" and "downlink" may be read as terms corresponding to communication between terminals (for example, "sidelink"). For example, terms such as uplink channel and downlink channel may be read as sidelink channel.
同様に、本開示におけるユーザ端末は、基地局で読み替えてもよい。この場合、上述のユーザ端末20が有する機能を基地局10が有する構成としてもよい。 Similarly, the user terminal in this disclosure may be interpreted as a base station. In this case, the base station 10 may be configured to have the functions possessed by the user terminal 20 described above.
本開示において、基地局によって行われるとした動作は、場合によってはその上位ノード(upper node)によって行われることもある。基地局を有する1つ又は複数のネットワークノード(network nodes)を含むネットワークにおいて、端末との通信のために行われる様々な動作は、基地局、基地局以外の1つ以上のネットワークノード(例えば、Mobility Management Entity(MME)、Serving-Gateway(S-GW)などが考えられるが、これらに限られない)又はこれらの組み合わせによって行われ得ることは明らかである。 In this disclosure, operations described as being performed by a base station may in some cases also be performed by its upper node. In a network including one or more network nodes having base stations, it is clear that various operations performed for communication with terminals may be performed by the base station, one or more network nodes other than the base station (such as, but not limited to, a Mobility Management Entity (MME) or a Serving-Gateway (S-GW)), or a combination thereof.
本開示において説明した各態様/実施形態は単独で用いてもよいし、組み合わせて用いてもよいし、実行に伴って切り替えて用いてもよい。また、本開示において説明した各態様/実施形態の処理手順、シーケンス、フローチャートなどは、矛盾の無い限り、順序を入れ替えてもよい。例えば、本開示において説明した方法については、例示的な順序を用いて様々なステップの要素を提示しており、提示した特定の順序に限定されない。 Each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure may be used alone, in combination, or switched between depending on the implementation. Furthermore, the processing procedures, sequences, flowcharts, etc. of each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure may be rearranged as long as they are consistent. For example, the methods described in this disclosure present various step elements in an exemplary order, and are not limited to the specific order presented.
本開示において説明した各態様/実施形態は、Long Term Evolution(LTE)、LTE-Advanced(LTE-A)、LTE-Beyond(LTE-B)、SUPER 3G、IMT-Advanced、4th generation mobile communication system(4G)、5th generation mobile communication system(5G)、6th generation mobile communication system(6G)、xth generation mobile communication system(xG(xは、例えば整数、小数))、Future Radio Access(FRA)、New-Radio Access Technology(RAT)、New Radio(NR)、New radio access(NX)、Future generation radio access(FX)、Global System for Mobile communications(GSM(登録商標))、CDMA2000、Ultra Mobile Broadband(UMB)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi(登録商標))、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX(登録商標))、IEEE 802.20、Ultra-WideBand(UWB)、Bluetooth(登録商標)、その他の適切な無線通信方法を利用するシステム、これらに基づいて拡張、修正、作成又は規定された次世代システムなどに適用されてもよい。また、複数のシステムが組み合わされて(例えば、LTE又はLTE-Aと、5Gとの組み合わせなど)適用されてもよい。 Each aspect/embodiment described in this disclosure may be applied to any of the following mobile communication systems: Long Term Evolution (LTE), LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), LTE-Beyond (LTE-B), SUPER 3G, IMT-Advanced, 4th generation mobile communication system (4G), 5th generation mobile communication system (5G), 6th generation mobile communication system (6G), xth generation mobile communication system (xG (x is, for example, an integer or decimal number)), Future Radio Access (FRA), New-Radio The present invention may be applied to systems that use Access Technology (RAT), New Radio (NR), New radio access (NX), Future generation radio access (FX), Global System for Mobile communications (GSM (registered trademark)), CDMA2000, Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX (registered trademark)), IEEE 802.20, Ultra-WideBand (UWB), Bluetooth (registered trademark), or other appropriate wireless communication methods, as well as next-generation systems that are extended, modified, created, or defined based on these. It may also be applied to a combination of multiple systems (for example, a combination of LTE or LTE-A with 5G).
本開示において使用する「に基づいて」という記載は、別段に明記されていない限り、「のみに基づいて」を意味しない。言い換えれば、「に基づいて」という記載は、「のみに基づいて」と「に少なくとも基づいて」の両方を意味する。 As used in this disclosure, the phrase "based on" does not mean "based only on," unless expressly stated otherwise. In other words, the phrase "based on" means both "based only on" and "based at least on."
本開示において使用する「第1の」、「第2の」などの呼称を使用した要素へのいかなる参照も、それらの要素の量又は順序を全般的に限定しない。これらの呼称は、2つ以上の要素間を区別する便利な方法として本開示において使用され得る。したがって、第1及び第2の要素の参照は、2つの要素のみが採用され得ること又は何らかの形で第1の要素が第2の要素に先行しなければならないことを意味しない。 As used in this disclosure, any reference to an element using a designation such as "first," "second," etc. does not generally limit the quantity or order of those elements. These designations may be used in this disclosure as a convenient method of distinguishing between two or more elements. Thus, a reference to a first and a second element does not imply that only two elements may be employed or that the first element must in some way precede the second element.
本開示において使用する「判断(決定)(determining)」という用語は、多種多様な動作を包含する場合がある。例えば、「判断(決定)」は、判定(judging)、計算(calculating)、算出(computing)、処理(processing)、導出(deriving)、調査(investigating)、探索(looking up、search、inquiry)(例えば、テーブル、データベース又は別のデータ構造での探索)、確認(ascertaining)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。 As used in this disclosure, the term "determining" may encompass a wide variety of actions. For example, "determining" may be considered to be judging, calculating, computing, processing, deriving, investigating, looking up, search, inquiry (e.g., searching in a table, database, or other data structure), ascertaining, etc.
また、「判断(決定)」は、受信(receiving)(例えば、情報を受信すること)、送信(transmitting)(例えば、情報を送信すること)、入力(input)、出力(output)、アクセス(accessing)(例えば、メモリ中のデータにアクセスすること)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。 Furthermore, "determination" may be considered to be "determining" receiving (e.g., receiving information), transmitting (e.g., sending information), input, output, accessing (e.g., accessing data in memory), etc.
また、「判断(決定)」は、解決(resolving)、選択(selecting)、選定(choosing)、確立(establishing)、比較(comparing)などを「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。つまり、「判断(決定)」は、何らかの動作を「判断(決定)」することであるとみなされてもよい。本開示において、「判断(決定)」は、上述した動作と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, "judgment (decision)" may be considered to mean "judging (deciding)" resolving, selecting, choosing, establishing, comparing, etc. In other words, "judgment (decision)" may be considered to mean "judging (deciding)" some kind of action. In this disclosure, "judgment (decision)" may be read interchangeably with the above-mentioned actions.
また、本開示において、「判断(決定)(determine/determining)」は、「想定する(assume/assuming)」、「期待する(expect/expecting)」、「みなす(consider/considering)」などと互いに読み替えられてもよい。なお、本開示において、「...することを想定しない」は、「...しないことを想定する」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。 Furthermore, in this disclosure, "determine/determining" may be interpreted interchangeably as "assume/assuming," "expect/expecting," "consider/considering," etc. Furthermore, in this disclosure, "does not expect to do..." may be interpreted interchangeably as "assumes not to do...."
本開示において、「期待する(expect)」は、「期待される(be expected)」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。例えば、「...を期待する(expect(s) ...)」(”...”は、例えばthat節、to不定詞などで表現されてもよい)は、「...を期待される(be expected ...)」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。「...を期待しない(does not expect ...)」は、「...を期待されない(be not expected ...)」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、「装置Aは...を期待されない(An apparatus A is not expected ...)」は、「装置A以外の装置Bが、当該装置Aについて...を期待しない」と互いに読み替えられてもよい(例えば、装置AがUEである場合、装置Bは基地局であってもよい)。 In the present disclosure, "expect" may be interchangeably read as "be expected." For example, "expect(s)..." ("..." may be expressed, for example, as a that clause, a to-infinitive, etc.) may be interchangeably read as "be expected...." "does not expect..." may be interchangeably read as "be not expected...." Furthermore, "An apparatus A is not expected..." may be interchangeably read as "apparatus B other than apparatus A does not expect..." (for example, if apparatus A is a UE, apparatus B may be a base station).
本開示に記載の「最大送信電力」は送信電力の最大値を意味してもよいし、公称最大送信電力(the nominal UE maximum transmit power)を意味してもよいし、定格最大送信電力(the rated UE maximum transmit power)を意味してもよい。 The term "maximum transmit power" used in this disclosure may refer to the maximum value of transmit power, the nominal UE maximum transmit power, or the rated UE maximum transmit power.
本開示において使用する「接続された(connected)」、「結合された(coupled)」という用語、又はこれらのあらゆる変形は、2又はそれ以上の要素間の直接的又は間接的なあらゆる接続又は結合を意味し、互いに「接続」又は「結合」された2つの要素間に1又はそれ以上の中間要素が存在することを含むことができる。要素間の結合又は接続は、物理的であっても、論理的であっても、あるいはこれらの組み合わせであってもよい。例えば、「接続」は「アクセス」で読み替えられてもよい。 As used in this disclosure, the terms "connected," "coupled," or any variation thereof, mean any direct or indirect connection or coupling between two or more elements, and may include the presence of one or more intermediate elements between two elements that are "connected" or "coupled" to each other. The coupling or connection between elements may be physical, logical, or a combination thereof. For example, "connected" may be read as "access."
本開示において、2つの要素が接続される場合、1つ以上の電線、ケーブル、プリント電気接続などを用いて、並びにいくつかの非限定的かつ非包括的な例として、無線周波数領域、マイクロ波領域、光(可視及び不可視の両方)領域の波長を有する電磁エネルギーなどを用いて、互いに「接続」又は「結合」されると考えることができる。 For the purposes of this disclosure, when two elements are connected, they may be considered to be "connected" or "coupled" to one another using one or more wires, cables, printed electrical connections, etc., as well as using electromagnetic energy having wavelengths in the radio frequency range, microwave range, light (both visible and invisible) range, etc., as some non-limiting and non-exhaustive examples.
本開示において、「AとBが異なる」という用語は、「AとBが互いに異なる」ことを意味してもよい。なお、当該用語は、「AとBがそれぞれCと異なる」ことを意味してもよい。「離れる」、「結合される」などの用語も、「異なる」と同様に解釈されてもよい。 In this disclosure, the term "A and B are different" may mean "A and B are different from each other." Note that this term may also mean "A and B are each different from C." Terms such as "separate" and "combined" may also be interpreted in the same way as "different."
本開示において、「含む(include)」、「含んでいる(including)」及びこれらの変形が使用されている場合、これらの用語は、用語「備える(comprising)」と同様に、包括的であることが意図される。さらに、本開示において使用されている用語「又は(or)」は、排他的論理和ではないことが意図される。 When the terms "include," "including," and variations thereof are used in this disclosure, these terms are intended to be inclusive, similar to the term "comprising." Furthermore, when the term "or" is used in this disclosure, it is not intended to be an exclusive or.
本開示において、例えば、英語でのa, an及びtheのように、翻訳によって冠詞が追加された場合、本開示は、これらの冠詞の後に続く名詞が複数形であることを含んでもよい。 In this disclosure, where articles are added by translation, such as a, an, and the in English, this disclosure may include the noun following these articles being plural.
本開示において、「以下」、「未満」、「以上」、「より多い」、「と等しい」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、「良い」、「悪い」、「大きい」、「小さい」、「高い」、「低い」、「早い」、「遅い」、「広い」、「狭い」、などを意味する文言は、原級、比較級及び最上級に限らず互いに読み替えられてもよい。また、本開示において、「良い」、「悪い」、「大きい」、「小さい」、「高い」、「低い」、「早い」、「遅い」、「広い」、「狭い」などを意味する文言は、「i番目に」(iは任意の整数)を付けた表現として、原級、比較級及び最上級に限らず互いに読み替えられてもよい(例えば、「最高」は「i番目に最高」と互いに読み替えられてもよい)。 In this disclosure, terms such as "less than or equal to," "less than," "greater than," "more than," "equal to," etc. may be read interchangeably. Furthermore, in this disclosure, terms meaning "good," "bad," "big," "small," "high," "low," "fast," "slow," "wide," "narrow," etc. may be read interchangeably, not limited to the positive, comparative, and superlative. Furthermore, in this disclosure, terms meaning "good," "bad," "big," "small," "high," "low," "fast," "slow," "wide," "narrow," etc. may be read interchangeably, not limited to the positive, comparative, and superlative, as expressions with the prefix "i-th" (i is any integer) (for example, "highest" may be read interchangeably as "i-th highest").
本開示において、「の(of)」、「のための(for)」、「に関する(regarding)」、「に関係する(related to)」、「に関連付けられる(associated with)」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In this disclosure, the terms "of," "for," "regarding," "related to," "associated with," etc. may be read interchangeably.
本開示において、「Aのとき(場合)、B(when A, B)」、「(もし)Aならば、B(if A, (then) B)」、「Aの際にB(B upon A)」、「Aに応じてB(B in response to A)」、「Aに基づいてB(B based on A)」、「Aの間B(B during/while A)」、「Aの前にB(B before A)」、「Aにおいて(Aと同時に)B(B at( the same time as)/on A)」、「Aの後にB(B after A)」、「A以来B(B since A)」、「AまでB(B until A)」などは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。なお、ここでのA、Bなどは、文脈に応じて、名詞、動名詞、通常の文章など適宜適当な表現に置き換えられてもよい。なお、AとBの時間差は、ほぼ0(直後又は直前)であってもよい。また、Aが生じる時間には、時間オフセットが適用されてもよい。例えば、「A」は「Aが生じる時間オフセット前/後」と互いに読み替えられてもよい。当該時間オフセット(例えば、1つ以上のシンボル/スロット)は、予め規定されてもよいし、通知される情報に基づいてUEによって特定されてもよい。 In the present disclosure, expressions such as "when A, B," "if A, (then) B," "B upon A," "B in response to A," "B based on A," "B during/while A," "B before A," "B at (the same time as)/on A," "B after A," "B since A," and "B until A" may be interchangeable. Note that A and B may be replaced with other appropriate expressions, such as nouns, gerunds, and regular sentences, depending on the context. The time difference between A and B may be nearly zero (immediately after or immediately before). A time offset may also be applied to the time at which A occurs. For example, "A" may be interpreted interchangeably as "before/after the time offset at which A occurs." The time offset (e.g., one or more symbols/slots) may be predefined or may be determined by the UE based on signaled information.
本開示において、タイミング、時刻、時間、時間インスタンス、任意の時間単位(例えば、スロット、サブスロット、シンボル、サブフレーム)、期間(period)、機会(occasion)、リソースなどは、互いに読み替えられてもよい。 In the present disclosure, terms such as timing, time, duration, time instance, any time unit (e.g., slot, subslot, symbol, subframe), period, occasion, and resource may be interpreted interchangeably.
以上、本開示に係る発明について詳細に説明したが、当業者にとっては、本開示に係る発明が本開示中に説明した実施形態に限定されないということは明らかである。 The invention disclosed herein has been described in detail above, but it will be clear to those skilled in the art that the invention disclosed herein is not limited to the embodiments described herein.
Claims (6)
前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行う送受信部と、を有する端末。 a control unit that performs Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side;
a transceiver unit that transmits and receives signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行うステップと、を有する端末の無線通信方法。 performing Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first Artificial Intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side;
and transmitting and receiving signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
前記ドップラー推定に基づくドップラー補償を適用して信号の送受信を行う送受信部と、を有する基地局。
a control unit that performs Doppler estimation based on at least one of first output information from a first artificial intelligence (AI) model on the terminal side and second output information from a second AI model on the network side;
a transmitting/receiving unit that transmits and receives signals by applying Doppler compensation based on the Doppler estimation.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/001826 WO2025158525A1 (en) | 2024-01-23 | 2024-01-23 | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/001826 WO2025158525A1 (en) | 2024-01-23 | 2024-01-23 | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025158525A1 true WO2025158525A1 (en) | 2025-07-31 |
Family
ID=96544868
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/001826 Pending WO2025158525A1 (en) | 2024-01-23 | 2024-01-23 | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025158525A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2022534176A (en) * | 2019-05-20 | 2022-07-28 | サーンキャ ラブズ ピーブイティー リミテッド | A Radio Mapping Architecture for Applying Machine Learning Techniques to Wireless Radio Access Networks |
| WO2023067763A1 (en) * | 2021-10-21 | 2023-04-27 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
| WO2024013852A1 (en) * | 2022-07-12 | 2024-01-18 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, radio communication method, and base station |
-
2024
- 2024-01-23 WO PCT/JP2024/001826 patent/WO2025158525A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2022534176A (en) * | 2019-05-20 | 2022-07-28 | サーンキャ ラブズ ピーブイティー リミテッド | A Radio Mapping Architecture for Applying Machine Learning Techniques to Wireless Radio Access Networks |
| WO2023067763A1 (en) * | 2021-10-21 | 2023-04-27 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
| WO2024013852A1 (en) * | 2022-07-12 | 2024-01-18 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | Terminal, radio communication method, and base station |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2025158525A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025158524A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| JP7785158B2 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| WO2025203651A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025203652A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025141796A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025141795A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025141792A1 (en) | User equipment, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025141794A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025141793A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025158528A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| JP2025155878A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| WO2025191658A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025191657A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| JP2025149882A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| WO2025169357A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025169356A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| WO2025182695A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station | |
| JP2025149817A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| JP2025156074A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| JP2025155681A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| JP2025155611A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| JP2025149815A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| JP2025149883A (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method and base station | |
| WO2025220062A1 (en) | Terminal, wireless communication method, and base station |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24920415 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |